annotate doc/emacs/text.texi @ 99859:adc13aaead91

(Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x edit-picture', since that is just an alias for picture-mode. (Sentences): Note that repeated M-@ extends the region. (Pages): Make terminology more consistent. Link to Regexps node. (Longlines): Discuss relationship with Visual Line mode. (Text Mode): Remove extraneous discussion of other modes, since they were already introduced in the parent node.
author Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
date Mon, 24 Nov 2008 04:05:45 +0000
parents a1cb952a12ac
children c6c4e5badd7a
Ignore whitespace changes - Everywhere: Within whitespace: At end of lines:
rev   line source
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1 @c This is part of the Emacs manual.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2 @c Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1987, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001,
87903
5d58981e6690 Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 87453
diff changeset
3 @c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5 @node Text, Programs, Indentation, Top
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6 @chapter Commands for Human Languages
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7 @cindex text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8 @cindex manipulating text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9
99859
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
10 This chapter describes Emacs commands that act on @dfn{text}, by
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
11 which we mean sequences of characters in a human language (as opposed
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
12 to, say, a computer programming language). These commands act in ways
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
13 that take into account the syntactic and stylistic conventions of
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
14 human languages: conventions involving words, sentences, paragraphs,
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
15 and capital letters. There are also commands for @dfn{filling}, which
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
16 means rearranging the lines of a paragraph to be approximately equal
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
17 in length. These commands, while intended primarily for editing text,
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
18 are also often useful for editing programs.
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
19
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
20 Emacs has several major modes for editing human-language text. If
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
21 the file contains ordinary text, use Text mode, which customizes Emacs
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
22 in small ways for the syntactic conventions of text. Outline mode
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
23 provides special commands for operating on text with an outline
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
24 structure.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
25 @iftex
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
26 @xref{Outline Mode}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
27 @end iftex
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
28
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
29 For text which contains embedded commands for text formatters, Emacs
99859
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
30 has other major modes, each for a particular formatter. For instance,
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
31 La@TeX{} mode is used for editing La@TeX{}
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
32 @iftex
99859
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
33 documents (@pxref{LaTeX,,La@TeX{} Mode}),
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
34 @end iftex
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
35 @ifnottex
99859
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
36 documents,
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
37 @end ifnottex
99859
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
38 while Nroff mode is used for editing groff or nroff files.
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
39
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
40 Instead of using a text formatter, you can edit formatted text in
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
41 WYSIWYG style (``what you see is what you get''), with Enriched mode.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
42 Then the formatting appears on the screen in Emacs while you edit.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
43 @iftex
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
44 @xref{Formatted Text}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
45 @end iftex
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
46
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
47 @cindex ASCII art
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
48 If you need to edit pictures made out of text characters (commonly
99859
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
49 referred to as ``ASCII art''), use Picture mode, a special major mode
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
50 for editing such pictures.
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
51 @iftex
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
52 @xref{Picture Mode,,, emacs-xtra, Specialized Emacs Features}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
53 @end iftex
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
54 @ifnottex
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
55 @xref{Picture Mode}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
56 @end ifnottex
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
57
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
58
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
59 @cindex skeletons
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
60 @cindex templates
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
61 @cindex autotyping
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
62 @cindex automatic typing
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
63 The ``automatic typing'' features may be useful when writing text.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
64 @inforef{Top,, autotype}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
65
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
66 @menu
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
67 * Words:: Moving over and killing words.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
68 * Sentences:: Moving over and killing sentences.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
69 * Paragraphs:: Moving over paragraphs.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
70 * Pages:: Moving over pages.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
71 * Filling:: Filling or justifying text.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
72 * Case:: Changing the case of text.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
73 * Text Mode:: The major modes for editing text files.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
74 * Outline Mode:: Editing outlines.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
75 * TeX Mode:: Editing input to the formatter TeX.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
76 * HTML Mode:: Editing HTML, SGML, and XML files.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
77 * Nroff Mode:: Editing input to the formatter nroff.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
78 * Formatted Text:: Editing formatted text directly in WYSIWYG fashion.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
79 * Text Based Tables:: Editing text-based tables in WYSIWYG fashion.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
80 @end menu
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
81
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
82 @node Words
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
83 @section Words
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
84 @cindex words
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
85 @cindex Meta commands and words
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
86
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
87 Emacs has commands for moving over or operating on words. By convention,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
88 the keys for them are all Meta characters.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
89
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
90 @table @kbd
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
91 @item M-f
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
92 Move forward over a word (@code{forward-word}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
93 @item M-b
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
94 Move backward over a word (@code{backward-word}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
95 @item M-d
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
96 Kill up to the end of a word (@code{kill-word}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
97 @item M-@key{DEL}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
98 Kill back to the beginning of a word (@code{backward-kill-word}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
99 @item M-@@
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
100 Mark the end of the next word (@code{mark-word}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
101 @item M-t
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
102 Transpose two words or drag a word across others
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
103 (@code{transpose-words}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
104 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
105
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
106 Notice how these keys form a series that parallels the character-based
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
107 @kbd{C-f}, @kbd{C-b}, @kbd{C-d}, @key{DEL} and @kbd{C-t}. @kbd{M-@@} is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
108 cognate to @kbd{C-@@}, which is an alias for @kbd{C-@key{SPC}}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
109
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
110 @kindex M-f
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
111 @kindex M-b
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
112 @findex forward-word
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
113 @findex backward-word
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
114 The commands @kbd{M-f} (@code{forward-word}) and @kbd{M-b}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
115 (@code{backward-word}) move forward and backward over words. These
99859
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
116 @key{Meta}-based key sequences are analogous to the key sequences
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
117 @kbd{C-f} and @kbd{C-b}, which move over single characters. The
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
118 analogy extends to numeric arguments, which serve as repeat counts.
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
119 @kbd{M-f} with a negative argument moves backward, and @kbd{M-b} with
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
120 a negative argument moves forward. Forward motion stops right after
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
121 the last letter of the word, while backward motion stops right before
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
122 the first letter.
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
123
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
124 @kindex M-d
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
125 @findex kill-word
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
126 @kbd{M-d} (@code{kill-word}) kills the word after point. To be
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
127 precise, it kills everything from point to the place @kbd{M-f} would
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
128 move to. Thus, if point is in the middle of a word, @kbd{M-d} kills
99859
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
129 just the part after point. If some punctuation comes between point
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
130 and the next word, it is killed along with the word. (If you wish to
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
131 kill only the next word but not the punctuation before it, simply do
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
132 @kbd{M-f} to get the end, and kill the word backwards with
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
133 @kbd{M-@key{DEL}}.) @kbd{M-d} takes arguments just like @kbd{M-f}.
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
134
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
135 @findex backward-kill-word
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
136 @kindex M-DEL
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
137 @kbd{M-@key{DEL}} (@code{backward-kill-word}) kills the word before
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
138 point. It kills everything from point back to where @kbd{M-b} would
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
139 move to. For instance, if point is after the space in @w{@samp{FOO,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
140 BAR}}, it kills @w{@samp{FOO, }}. If you wish to kill just
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
141 @samp{FOO}, and not the comma and the space, use @kbd{M-b M-d} instead
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
142 of @kbd{M-@key{DEL}}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
143
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
144 @c Don't index M-t and transpose-words here, they are indexed in
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
145 @c fixit.texi, in the node "Transpose".
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
146 @c @kindex M-t
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
147 @c @findex transpose-words
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
148 @kbd{M-t} (@code{transpose-words}) exchanges the word before or
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
149 containing point with the following word. The delimiter characters between
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
150 the words do not move. For example, @w{@samp{FOO, BAR}} transposes into
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
151 @w{@samp{BAR, FOO}} rather than @samp{@w{BAR FOO,}}. @xref{Transpose}, for
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
152 more on transposition.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
153
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
154 @kindex M-@@
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
155 @findex mark-word
99859
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
156 To operate on the next @var{n} words with an operation which acts on
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
157 the region, use the command @kbd{M-@@} (@code{mark-word}). This
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
158 command does not move point, but sets the mark where @kbd{M-f} would
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
159 move to. Once the mark is active, each additional @kbd{M-@@} advances
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
160 the mark by one additional word. @kbd{M-@@} also accepts a numeric
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
161 argument that says how many words to scan for the place to put the
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
162 mark.
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
163
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
164 The word commands' understanding of word boundaries is controlled
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
165 by the syntax table. Any character can, for example, be declared to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
166 be a word delimiter. @xref{Syntax}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
167
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
168 @node Sentences
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
169 @section Sentences
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
170 @cindex sentences
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
171 @cindex manipulating sentences
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
172
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
173 The Emacs commands for manipulating sentences and paragraphs are mostly
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
174 on Meta keys, so as to be like the word-handling commands.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
175
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
176 @table @kbd
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
177 @item M-a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
178 Move back to the beginning of the sentence (@code{backward-sentence}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
179 @item M-e
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
180 Move forward to the end of the sentence (@code{forward-sentence}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
181 @item M-k
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
182 Kill forward to the end of the sentence (@code{kill-sentence}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
183 @item C-x @key{DEL}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
184 Kill back to the beginning of the sentence (@code{backward-kill-sentence}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
185 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
186
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
187 @kindex M-a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
188 @kindex M-e
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
189 @findex backward-sentence
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
190 @findex forward-sentence
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
191 The commands @kbd{M-a} and @kbd{M-e} (@code{backward-sentence} and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
192 @code{forward-sentence}) move to the beginning and end of the current
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
193 sentence, respectively. They were chosen to resemble @kbd{C-a} and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
194 @kbd{C-e}, which move to the beginning and end of a line. Unlike
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
195 them, @kbd{M-a} and @kbd{M-e} move over successive sentences if
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
196 repeated.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
197
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
198 Moving backward over a sentence places point just before the first
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
199 character of the sentence; moving forward places point right after the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
200 punctuation that ends the sentence. Neither one moves over the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
201 whitespace at the sentence boundary.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
202
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
203 @kindex M-k
99859
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
204 @findex kill-sentence
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
205 Just as @kbd{C-a} and @kbd{C-e} have a kill command, @kbd{C-k}, to
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
206 go with them, @kbd{M-a} and @kbd{M-e} have a corresponding kill
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
207 command: @kbd{M-k} (@code{kill-sentence}) kills from point to the end
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
208 of the sentence. With a positive numeric argument @var{n}, it kills
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
209 the next @var{n} sentences; with a negative argument @minus{}@var{n},
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
210 it kills back to the beginning of the @var{n}th preceding sentence.
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
211
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
212 @kindex C-x DEL
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
213 @findex backward-kill-sentence
99859
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
214 The @kbd{C-x @key{DEL}} (@code{backward-kill-sentence}) kills back
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
215 to the beginning of a sentence.
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
216
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
217 The sentence commands assume that you follow the American typist's
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
218 convention of putting two spaces at the end of a sentence; they consider
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
219 a sentence to end wherever there is a @samp{.}, @samp{?} or @samp{!}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
220 followed by the end of a line or two spaces, with any number of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
221 @samp{)}, @samp{]}, @samp{'}, or @samp{"} characters allowed in between.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
222 A sentence also begins or ends wherever a paragraph begins or ends.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
223 It is useful to follow this convention, because it makes a distinction
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
224 between periods that end a sentence and periods that indicate
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
225 abbreviations; that enables the Emacs sentence commands to distinguish,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
226 too. These commands do not stop for periods that indicate abbreviations.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
227
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
228 @vindex sentence-end-double-space
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
229 If you want to use just one space between sentences, you can set the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
230 variable @code{sentence-end-double-space} to @code{nil} to make the
99859
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
231 sentence commands stop for single spaces. However, this has a
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
232 drawback: there is no way to distinguish between periods that end
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
233 sentences and those that indicate abbreviations. For convenient and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
234 reliable editing, we therefore recommend you follow the two-space
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
235 convention. The variable @code{sentence-end-double-space} also
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
236 affects filling (@pxref{Fill Commands}) in related ways.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
237
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
238 @vindex sentence-end
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
239 The variable @code{sentence-end} controls how to recognize the end
99859
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
240 of a sentence. If non-@code{nil}, its value should be a regular
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
241 expression, which is used to match the last few characters of a
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
242 sentence, together with the whitespace following the sentence
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
243 (@pxref{Regexps}). If the value is @code{nil}, the default, then
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
244 Emacs computes sentence ends according to various criteria such as the
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
245 value of @code{sentence-end-double-space}.
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
246
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
247 @vindex sentence-end-without-period
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
248 Some languages do not use periods to indicate the end of a sentence.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
249 For example, sentences in Thai end with a double space but without a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
250 period. Set the variable @code{sentence-end-without-period} to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
251 @code{t} in such cases.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
252
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
253 @node Paragraphs
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
254 @section Paragraphs
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
255 @cindex paragraphs
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
256 @cindex manipulating paragraphs
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
257 @kindex M-@{
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
258 @kindex M-@}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
259 @findex backward-paragraph
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
260 @findex forward-paragraph
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
261
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
262 The Emacs commands for manipulating paragraphs are also on Meta keys.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
263
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
264 @table @kbd
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
265 @item M-@{
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
266 Move back to previous paragraph beginning (@code{backward-paragraph}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
267 @item M-@}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
268 Move forward to next paragraph end (@code{forward-paragraph}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
269 @item M-h
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
270 Put point and mark around this or next paragraph (@code{mark-paragraph}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
271 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
272
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
273 @kbd{M-@{} moves to the beginning of the current or previous
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
274 paragraph, while @kbd{M-@}} moves to the end of the current or next
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
275 paragraph. Blank lines and text-formatter command lines separate
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
276 paragraphs and are not considered part of any paragraph. If there is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
277 a blank line before the paragraph, @kbd{M-@{} moves to the blank line,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
278 because that is convenient in practice.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
279
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
280 In Text mode, an indented line is not a paragraph break. If you
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
281 want indented lines to have this effect, use Paragraph-Indent Text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
282 mode instead. @xref{Text Mode}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
283
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
284 In major modes for programs, paragraphs begin and end only at blank
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
285 lines. This makes the paragraph commands useful, even though there
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
286 are no paragraphs as such in a program.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
287
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
288 When you have set a fill prefix, then paragraphs are delimited by
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
289 all lines which don't start with the fill prefix. @xref{Filling}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
290
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
291 @kindex M-h
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
292 @findex mark-paragraph
99859
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
293 When you wish to operate on a paragraph, type @kbd{M-h}
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
294 (@code{mark-paragraph}) to set the region around it. For example,
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
295 @kbd{M-h C-w} kills the paragraph around or after point. @kbd{M-h}
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
296 puts point at the beginning and mark at the end of the paragraph point
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
297 was in. If point is between paragraphs (in a run of blank lines, or
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
298 at a boundary), the paragraph following point is surrounded by point
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
299 and mark. If there are blank lines preceding the first line of the
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
300 paragraph, one of these blank lines is included in the region. If the
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
301 region is already active, the command sets the mark without changing
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
302 point; furthermore, each subsequent @kbd{M-h} further advances the
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
303 mark by one paragraph.
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
304
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
305 @vindex paragraph-start
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
306 @vindex paragraph-separate
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
307 The precise definition of a paragraph boundary is controlled by the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
308 variables @code{paragraph-separate} and @code{paragraph-start}. The
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
309 value of @code{paragraph-start} is a regexp that should match any line
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
310 that either starts or separates paragraphs. The value of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
311 @code{paragraph-separate} is another regexp that should match only lines
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
312 that separate paragraphs without being part of any paragraph (for
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
313 example, blank lines). Lines that start a new paragraph and are
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
314 contained in it must match only @code{paragraph-start}, not
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
315 @code{paragraph-separate}. Each regular expression must match at the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
316 left margin. For example, in Fundamental mode, @code{paragraph-start}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
317 is @w{@code{"\f\\|[ \t]*$"}}, and @code{paragraph-separate} is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
318 @w{@code{"[ \t\f]*$"}}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
319
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
320 Normally it is desirable for page boundaries to separate paragraphs.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
321 The default values of these variables recognize the usual separator for
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
322 pages.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
323
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
324 @node Pages
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
325 @section Pages
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
326
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
327 @cindex pages
99859
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
328 @cindex formfeed character
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
329 Within some text files, text is divided into @dfn{pages}, which are
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
330 delimited by the @dfn{formfeed character} (@acronym{ASCII} code 12,
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
331 sometimes denoted as @key{control-L}). When you print hardcopy for a
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
332 file, the formfeed character forces a page break: each page of the
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
333 file goes on a separate page on paper. Most Emacs commands treat the
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
334 formfeed character just like any other character: you can insert it
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
335 with @kbd{C-q C-l}, and delete it with @key{DEL}. However, since
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
336 pages are often meaningful divisions of the file, Emacs provides
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
337 commands to move over them and operate on them.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
338
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
339 @table @kbd
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
340 @item C-x [
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
341 Move point to previous page boundary (@code{backward-page}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
342 @item C-x ]
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
343 Move point to next page boundary (@code{forward-page}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
344 @item C-x C-p
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
345 Put point and mark around this page (or another page) (@code{mark-page}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
346 @item C-x l
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
347 Count the lines in this page (@code{count-lines-page}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
348 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
349
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
350 @kindex C-x [
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
351 @kindex C-x ]
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
352 @findex forward-page
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
353 @findex backward-page
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
354 The @kbd{C-x [} (@code{backward-page}) command moves point to immediately
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
355 after the previous page delimiter. If point is already right after a page
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
356 delimiter, it skips that one and stops at the previous one. A numeric
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
357 argument serves as a repeat count. The @kbd{C-x ]} (@code{forward-page})
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
358 command moves forward past the next page delimiter.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
359
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
360 @kindex C-x C-p
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
361 @findex mark-page
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
362 The @kbd{C-x C-p} command (@code{mark-page}) puts point at the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
363 beginning of the current page and the mark at the end. The page
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
364 delimiter at the end is included (the mark follows it). The page
93359
8e219ad08f96 (Words, Pages, Fill Commands, HTML Mode): Describe
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 87903
diff changeset
365 delimiter at the front is excluded (point follows it).
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
366
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
367 @kbd{C-x C-p C-w} is a handy way to kill a page to move it
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
368 elsewhere. If you move to another page delimiter with @kbd{C-x [} and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
369 @kbd{C-x ]}, then yank the killed page, all the pages will be properly
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
370 delimited once again. The reason @kbd{C-x C-p} includes only the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
371 following page delimiter in the region is to ensure that.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
372
99859
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
373 A numeric argument to @kbd{C-x C-p} specifies which page to go to,
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
374 relative to the current one. Zero means the current page. One means
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
375 the next page, and @minus{}1 means the previous one.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
376
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
377 @kindex C-x l
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
378 @findex count-lines-page
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
379 The @kbd{C-x l} command (@code{count-lines-page}) is good for deciding
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
380 where to break a page in two. It displays in the echo area the total number
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
381 of lines in the current page, and then divides it up into those preceding
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
382 the current line and those following, as in
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
383
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
384 @example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
385 Page has 96 (72+25) lines
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
386 @end example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
387
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
388 @noindent
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
389 Notice that the sum is off by one; this is correct if point is not at the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
390 beginning of a line.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
391
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
392 @vindex page-delimiter
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
393 The variable @code{page-delimiter} controls where pages begin. Its
99859
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
394 value is a regular expression that matches the beginning of a line
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
395 that separates pages (@pxref{Regexps}). The normal value of this
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
396 variable is @code{"^\f"}, which matches a formfeed character at the
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
397 beginning of a line.
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
398
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
399 @node Filling
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
400 @section Filling Text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
401 @cindex filling text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
402
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
403 @dfn{Filling} text means breaking it up into lines that fit a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
404 specified width. Emacs does filling in two ways. In Auto Fill mode,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
405 inserting text with self-inserting characters also automatically fills
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
406 it. There are also explicit fill commands that you can use when editing
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
407 text leaves it unfilled. When you edit formatted text, you can specify
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
408 a style of filling for each portion of the text (@pxref{Formatted
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
409 Text}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
410
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
411 @menu
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
412 * Auto Fill:: Auto Fill mode breaks long lines automatically.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
413 * Fill Commands:: Commands to refill paragraphs and center lines.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
414 * Fill Prefix:: Filling paragraphs that are indented
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
415 or in a comment, etc.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
416 * Adaptive Fill:: How Emacs can determine the fill prefix automatically.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
417 * Refill:: Keeping paragraphs filled.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
418 * Longlines:: Editing text with very long lines.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
419 @end menu
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
420
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
421 @node Auto Fill
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
422 @subsection Auto Fill Mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
423 @cindex Auto Fill mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
424 @cindex mode, Auto Fill
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
425
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
426 @dfn{Auto Fill} mode is a minor mode in which lines are broken
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
427 automatically when they become too wide. Breaking happens only when
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
428 you type a @key{SPC} or @key{RET}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
429
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
430 @table @kbd
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
431 @item M-x auto-fill-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
432 Enable or disable Auto Fill mode.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
433 @item @key{SPC}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
434 @itemx @key{RET}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
435 In Auto Fill mode, break lines when appropriate.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
436 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
437
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
438 @findex auto-fill-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
439 @kbd{M-x auto-fill-mode} turns Auto Fill mode on if it was off, or off
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
440 if it was on. With a positive numeric argument it always turns Auto
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
441 Fill mode on, and with a negative argument always turns it off. You can
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
442 see when Auto Fill mode is in effect by the presence of the word
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
443 @samp{Fill} in the mode line, inside the parentheses. Auto Fill mode is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
444 a minor mode which is enabled or disabled for each buffer individually.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
445 @xref{Minor Modes}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
446
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
447 In Auto Fill mode, lines are broken automatically at spaces when they
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
448 get longer than the desired width. Line breaking and rearrangement
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
449 takes place only when you type @key{SPC} or @key{RET}. If you wish to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
450 insert a space or newline without permitting line-breaking, type
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
451 @kbd{C-q @key{SPC}} or @kbd{C-q C-j} (recall that a newline is really a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
452 control-J). Also, @kbd{C-o} inserts a newline without line breaking.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
453
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
454 Auto Fill mode works well with programming-language modes, because it
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
455 indents new lines with @key{TAB}. If a line ending in a comment gets
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
456 too long, the text of the comment is split into two comment lines.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
457 Optionally, new comment delimiters are inserted at the end of the first
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
458 line and the beginning of the second so that each line is a separate
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
459 comment; the variable @code{comment-multi-line} controls the choice
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
460 (@pxref{Comments}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
461
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
462 Adaptive filling (@pxref{Adaptive Fill}) works for Auto Filling as
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
463 well as for explicit fill commands. It takes a fill prefix
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
464 automatically from the second or first line of a paragraph.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
465
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
466 Auto Fill mode does not refill entire paragraphs; it can break lines but
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
467 cannot merge lines. So editing in the middle of a paragraph can result in
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
468 a paragraph that is not correctly filled. The easiest way to make the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
469 paragraph properly filled again is usually with the explicit fill commands.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
470 @ifnottex
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
471 @xref{Fill Commands}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
472 @end ifnottex
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
473
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
474 Many users like Auto Fill mode and want to use it in all text files.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
475 The section on init files says how to arrange this permanently for yourself.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
476 @xref{Init File}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
477
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
478 @node Fill Commands
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
479 @subsection Explicit Fill Commands
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
480
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
481 @table @kbd
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
482 @item M-q
85380
3400b26060b4 (Fill Commands): Undocument fill-paragraph-or-region.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 85076
diff changeset
483 Fill current paragraph (@code{fill-paragraph}).
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
484 @item C-x f
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
485 Set the fill column (@code{set-fill-column}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
486 @item M-x fill-region
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
487 Fill each paragraph in the region (@code{fill-region}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
488 @item M-x fill-region-as-paragraph
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
489 Fill the region, considering it as one paragraph.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
490 @item M-s
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
491 Center a line.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
492 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
493
85380
3400b26060b4 (Fill Commands): Undocument fill-paragraph-or-region.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 85076
diff changeset
494 @kindex M-q
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
495 @findex fill-paragraph
85380
3400b26060b4 (Fill Commands): Undocument fill-paragraph-or-region.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 85076
diff changeset
496 To refill a paragraph, use the command @kbd{M-q}
3400b26060b4 (Fill Commands): Undocument fill-paragraph-or-region.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 85076
diff changeset
497 (@code{fill-paragraph}). This operates on the paragraph that point is
3400b26060b4 (Fill Commands): Undocument fill-paragraph-or-region.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 85076
diff changeset
498 inside, or the one after point if point is between paragraphs.
93359
8e219ad08f96 (Words, Pages, Fill Commands, HTML Mode): Describe
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 87903
diff changeset
499 Refilling works by removing all the line-breaks, then inserting new
8e219ad08f96 (Words, Pages, Fill Commands, HTML Mode): Describe
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 87903
diff changeset
500 ones where necessary. When there is an active region, this command
8e219ad08f96 (Words, Pages, Fill Commands, HTML Mode): Describe
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 87903
diff changeset
501 operates on the text within the region like @code{fill-region}.
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
502
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
503 @findex fill-region
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
504 To refill many paragraphs, use @kbd{M-x fill-region}, which
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
505 finds the paragraphs in the region and fills each of them.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
506
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
507 @findex fill-region-as-paragraph
85380
3400b26060b4 (Fill Commands): Undocument fill-paragraph-or-region.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 85076
diff changeset
508 @kbd{M-q} and @code{fill-region} use the same criteria as @kbd{M-h}
3400b26060b4 (Fill Commands): Undocument fill-paragraph-or-region.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 85076
diff changeset
509 for finding paragraph boundaries (@pxref{Paragraphs}). For more
3400b26060b4 (Fill Commands): Undocument fill-paragraph-or-region.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 85076
diff changeset
510 control, you can use @kbd{M-x fill-region-as-paragraph}, which refills
3400b26060b4 (Fill Commands): Undocument fill-paragraph-or-region.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 85076
diff changeset
511 everything between point and mark as a single paragraph. This command
3400b26060b4 (Fill Commands): Undocument fill-paragraph-or-region.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 85076
diff changeset
512 deletes any blank lines within the region, so separate blocks of text
3400b26060b4 (Fill Commands): Undocument fill-paragraph-or-region.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 85076
diff changeset
513 end up combined into one block.
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
514
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
515 @cindex justification
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
516 A numeric argument to @kbd{M-q} tells it to @dfn{justify} the text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
517 as well as filling it. This means that extra spaces are inserted to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
518 make the right margin line up exactly at the fill column. To remove
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
519 the extra spaces, use @kbd{M-q} with no argument. (Likewise for
85380
3400b26060b4 (Fill Commands): Undocument fill-paragraph-or-region.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 85076
diff changeset
520 @code{fill-region}.) Another way to control justification, and choose
3400b26060b4 (Fill Commands): Undocument fill-paragraph-or-region.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 85076
diff changeset
521 other styles of filling, is with the @code{justification} text
3400b26060b4 (Fill Commands): Undocument fill-paragraph-or-region.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 85076
diff changeset
522 property; see @ref{Format Justification}.
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
523
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
524 @kindex M-s @r{(Text mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
525 @cindex centering
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
526 @findex center-line
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
527 The command @kbd{M-s} (@code{center-line}) centers the current line
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
528 within the current fill column. With an argument @var{n}, it centers
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
529 @var{n} lines individually and moves past them. This binding is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
530 made by Text mode and is available only in that and related modes
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
531 (@pxref{Text Mode}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
532
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
533 @vindex fill-column
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
534 @kindex C-x f
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
535 @findex set-fill-column
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
536 The maximum line width for filling is in the variable
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
537 @code{fill-column}. Altering the value of @code{fill-column} makes it
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
538 local to the current buffer; until that time, the default value is in
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
539 effect. The default is initially 70. @xref{Locals}. The easiest way
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
540 to set @code{fill-column} is to use the command @kbd{C-x f}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
541 (@code{set-fill-column}). With a numeric argument, it uses that as the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
542 new fill column. With just @kbd{C-u} as argument, it sets
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
543 @code{fill-column} to the current horizontal position of point.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
544
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
545 Emacs commands normally consider a period followed by two spaces or by
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
546 a newline as the end of a sentence; a period followed by just one space
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
547 indicates an abbreviation and not the end of a sentence. To preserve
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
548 the distinction between these two ways of using a period, the fill
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
549 commands do not break a line after a period followed by just one space.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
550
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
551 If the variable @code{sentence-end-double-space} is @code{nil}, the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
552 fill commands expect and leave just one space at the end of a sentence.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
553 Ordinarily this variable is @code{t}, so the fill commands insist on
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
554 two spaces for the end of a sentence, as explained above. @xref{Sentences}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
555
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
556 @vindex colon-double-space
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
557 If the variable @code{colon-double-space} is non-@code{nil}, the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
558 fill commands put two spaces after a colon.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
559
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
560 @vindex fill-nobreak-predicate
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
561 The variable @code{fill-nobreak-predicate} is a hook (an abnormal
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
562 hook, @pxref{Hooks}) specifying additional conditions where
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
563 line-breaking is not allowed. Each function is called with no
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
564 arguments, with point at a place where Emacs is considering breaking
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
565 the line. If a function returns a non-@code{nil} value, then that's
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
566 a bad place to break the line. Two standard functions you can use are
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
567 @code{fill-single-word-nobreak-p} (don't break after the first word of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
568 a sentence or before the last) and @code{fill-french-nobreak-p} (don't
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
569 break after @samp{(} or before @samp{)}, @samp{:} or @samp{?}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
570
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
571 @node Fill Prefix
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
572 @subsection The Fill Prefix
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
573
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
574 @cindex fill prefix
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
575 To fill a paragraph in which each line starts with a special marker
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
576 (which might be a few spaces, giving an indented paragraph), you can use
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
577 the @dfn{fill prefix} feature. The fill prefix is a string that Emacs
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
578 expects every line to start with, and which is not included in filling.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
579 You can specify a fill prefix explicitly; Emacs can also deduce the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
580 fill prefix automatically (@pxref{Adaptive Fill}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
581
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
582 @table @kbd
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
583 @item C-x .
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
584 Set the fill prefix (@code{set-fill-prefix}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
585 @item M-q
85380
3400b26060b4 (Fill Commands): Undocument fill-paragraph-or-region.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 85076
diff changeset
586 Fill a paragraph using current fill prefix (@code{fill-paragraph}).
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
587 @item M-x fill-individual-paragraphs
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
588 Fill the region, considering each change of indentation as starting a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
589 new paragraph.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
590 @item M-x fill-nonuniform-paragraphs
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
591 Fill the region, considering only paragraph-separator lines as starting
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
592 a new paragraph.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
593 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
594
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
595 @kindex C-x .
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
596 @findex set-fill-prefix
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
597 To specify a fill prefix for the current buffer, move to a line that
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
598 starts with the desired prefix, put point at the end of the prefix,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
599 and type @w{@kbd{C-x .}}@: (@code{set-fill-prefix}). (That's a period
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
600 after the @kbd{C-x}.) To turn off the fill prefix, specify an empty
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
601 prefix: type @w{@kbd{C-x .}}@: with point at the beginning of a line.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
602
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
603 When a fill prefix is in effect, the fill commands remove the fill
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
604 prefix from each line of the paragraph before filling and insert it on
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
605 each line after filling. (The beginning of the first line of the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
606 paragraph is left unchanged, since often that is intentionally
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
607 different.) Auto Fill mode also inserts the fill prefix automatically
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
608 when it makes a new line. The @kbd{C-o} command inserts the fill
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
609 prefix on new lines it creates, when you use it at the beginning of a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
610 line (@pxref{Blank Lines}). Conversely, the command @kbd{M-^} deletes
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
611 the prefix (if it occurs) after the newline that it deletes
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
612 (@pxref{Indentation}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
613
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
614 For example, if @code{fill-column} is 40 and you set the fill prefix
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
615 to @samp{;; }, then @kbd{M-q} in the following text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
616
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
617 @example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
618 ;; This is an
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
619 ;; example of a paragraph
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
620 ;; inside a Lisp-style comment.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
621 @end example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
622
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
623 @noindent
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
624 produces this:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
625
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
626 @example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
627 ;; This is an example of a paragraph
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
628 ;; inside a Lisp-style comment.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
629 @end example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
630
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
631 Lines that do not start with the fill prefix are considered to start
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
632 paragraphs, both in @kbd{M-q} and the paragraph commands; this gives
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
633 good results for paragraphs with hanging indentation (every line
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
634 indented except the first one). Lines which are blank or indented once
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
635 the prefix is removed also separate or start paragraphs; this is what
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
636 you want if you are writing multi-paragraph comments with a comment
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
637 delimiter on each line.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
638
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
639 @findex fill-individual-paragraphs
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
640 You can use @kbd{M-x fill-individual-paragraphs} to set the fill
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
641 prefix for each paragraph automatically. This command divides the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
642 region into paragraphs, treating every change in the amount of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
643 indentation as the start of a new paragraph, and fills each of these
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
644 paragraphs. Thus, all the lines in one ``paragraph'' have the same
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
645 amount of indentation. That indentation serves as the fill prefix for
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
646 that paragraph.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
647
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
648 @findex fill-nonuniform-paragraphs
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
649 @kbd{M-x fill-nonuniform-paragraphs} is a similar command that divides
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
650 the region into paragraphs in a different way. It considers only
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
651 paragraph-separating lines (as defined by @code{paragraph-separate}) as
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
652 starting a new paragraph. Since this means that the lines of one
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
653 paragraph may have different amounts of indentation, the fill prefix
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
654 used is the smallest amount of indentation of any of the lines of the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
655 paragraph. This gives good results with styles that indent a paragraph's
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
656 first line more or less that the rest of the paragraph.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
657
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
658 @vindex fill-prefix
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
659 The fill prefix is stored in the variable @code{fill-prefix}. Its value
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
660 is a string, or @code{nil} when there is no fill prefix. This is a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
661 per-buffer variable; altering the variable affects only the current buffer,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
662 but there is a default value which you can change as well. @xref{Locals}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
663
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
664 The @code{indentation} text property provides another way to control
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
665 the amount of indentation paragraphs receive. @xref{Format Indentation}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
666
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
667 @node Adaptive Fill
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
668 @subsection Adaptive Filling
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
669
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
670 @cindex adaptive filling
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
671 The fill commands can deduce the proper fill prefix for a paragraph
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
672 automatically in certain cases: either whitespace or certain punctuation
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
673 characters at the beginning of a line are propagated to all lines of the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
674 paragraph.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
675
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
676 If the paragraph has two or more lines, the fill prefix is taken from
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
677 the paragraph's second line, but only if it appears on the first line as
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
678 well.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
679
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
680 If a paragraph has just one line, fill commands @emph{may} take a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
681 prefix from that line. The decision is complicated because there are
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
682 three reasonable things to do in such a case:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
683
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
684 @itemize @bullet
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
685 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
686 Use the first line's prefix on all the lines of the paragraph.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
687
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
688 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
689 Indent subsequent lines with whitespace, so that they line up under the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
690 text that follows the prefix on the first line, but don't actually copy
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
691 the prefix from the first line.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
692
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
693 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
694 Don't do anything special with the second and following lines.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
695 @end itemize
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
696
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
697 All three of these styles of formatting are commonly used. So the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
698 fill commands try to determine what you would like, based on the prefix
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
699 that appears and on the major mode. Here is how.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
700
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
701 @vindex adaptive-fill-first-line-regexp
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
702 If the prefix found on the first line matches
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
703 @code{adaptive-fill-first-line-regexp}, or if it appears to be a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
704 comment-starting sequence (this depends on the major mode), then the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
705 prefix found is used for filling the paragraph, provided it would not
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
706 act as a paragraph starter on subsequent lines.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
707
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
708 Otherwise, the prefix found is converted to an equivalent number of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
709 spaces, and those spaces are used as the fill prefix for the rest of the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
710 lines, provided they would not act as a paragraph starter on subsequent
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
711 lines.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
712
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
713 In Text mode, and other modes where only blank lines and page
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
714 delimiters separate paragraphs, the prefix chosen by adaptive filling
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
715 never acts as a paragraph starter, so it can always be used for filling.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
716
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
717 @vindex adaptive-fill-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
718 @vindex adaptive-fill-regexp
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
719 The variable @code{adaptive-fill-regexp} determines what kinds of line
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
720 beginnings can serve as a fill prefix: any characters at the start of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
721 the line that match this regular expression are used. If you set the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
722 variable @code{adaptive-fill-mode} to @code{nil}, the fill prefix is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
723 never chosen automatically.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
724
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
725 @vindex adaptive-fill-function
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
726 You can specify more complex ways of choosing a fill prefix
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
727 automatically by setting the variable @code{adaptive-fill-function} to a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
728 function. This function is called with point after the left margin of a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
729 line, and it should return the appropriate fill prefix based on that
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
730 line. If it returns @code{nil}, @code{adaptive-fill-regexp} gets
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
731 a chance to find a prefix.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
732
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
733 @node Refill
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
734 @subsection Refill Mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
735 @cindex refilling text, word processor style
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
736 @cindex modes, Refill
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
737 @cindex Refill minor mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
738
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
739 Refill minor mode provides support for keeping paragraphs filled as
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
740 you type or modify them in other ways. It provides an effect similar
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
741 to typical word processor behavior. This works by running a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
742 paragraph-filling command at suitable times.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
743
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
744 To toggle the use of Refill mode in the current buffer, type
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
745 @kbd{M-x refill-mode}. When you are typing text, only characters
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
746 which normally trigger auto filling, like the space character, will
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
747 trigger refilling. This is to avoid making it too slow. Apart from
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
748 self-inserting characters, other commands which modify the text cause
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
749 refilling.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
750
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
751 The current implementation is preliminary and not robust. You can
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
752 get better ``line wrapping'' behavior using Longlines mode.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
753 @xref{Longlines}. However, Longlines mode has an important
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
754 side-effect: the newlines that it inserts for you are not saved to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
755 disk, so the files that you make with Longlines mode will appear to be
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
756 completely unfilled if you edit them without Longlines mode.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
757
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
758 @node Longlines
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
759 @subsection Long Lines Mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
760 @cindex refilling text, word processor style
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
761 @cindex modes, Long Lines
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
762 @cindex word wrap
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
763 @cindex Long Lines minor mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
764
99859
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
765 Sometimes, you may come across ``unfilled'' text files, which Emacs
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
766 normally displays as a bunch of extremely long lines. Comfortably
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
767 reading and editing such files normally requires ``word wrap'', a
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
768 feature that breaks up each long text line into multiple screen lines
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
769 in a readable manner---by putting the breaks at word boundaries. Many
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
770 text editors, such as those built into many web browsers, perform word
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
771 wrapping by default.
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
772
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
773 There are two different minor modes in Emacs that perform word
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
774 wrapping. The first is Visual Line mode, which does it by altering
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
775 the behavior of screen line continuation. @xref{Visual Line Mode},
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
776 for information about Visual Line mode.
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
777
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
778 @findex longlines-mode
99859
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
779 Instead of using Visual Line mode, you can use a minor mode called
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
780 Long Lines mode. Long Lines mode wraps lines by inserting or deleting
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
781 @dfn{soft newlines} as you type (@pxref{Hard and Soft Newlines}).
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
782 These soft newlines won't show up when you save the buffer into a
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
783 file, or when you copy the text into the kill ring, clipboard, or a
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
784 register. Unlike Visual Line mode, Lone Lines mode breaks long lines
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
785 at the fill column (@pxref{Fill Commands}), rather than the right
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
786 window edge. To enable Long Lines mode, type @kbd{M-x
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
787 longlines-mode}. If the text is full of long lines, this also
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
788 immediately ``wraps'' them all.
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
789
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
790 @findex longlines-auto-wrap
99859
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
791 The word wrap performed by Long Lines mode is @emph{not} the same as
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
792 ordinary filling (@pxref{Fill Commands}). It does not contract
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
793 multiple spaces into a single space, recognize fill prefixes
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
794 (@pxref{Fill Prefix}), or perform adaptive filling (@pxref{Adaptive
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
795 Fill}). The reason for this is that a wrapped line is still,
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
796 conceptually, a single line. Each soft newline is equivalent to
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
797 exactly one space in that long line, and vice versa. However, you can
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
798 still call filling functions such as @kbd{M-q}, and these will work as
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
799 expected, inserting soft newlines that won't show up on disk or when
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
800 the text is copied. You can even rely entirely on the normal fill
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
801 commands by turning off automatic line wrapping, with @kbd{C-u M-x
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
802 longlines-auto-wrap}. To turn automatic line wrapping back on, type
adc13aaead91 (Text): Simplify introduction. Discard mention of `M-x
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 94298
diff changeset
803 @kbd{M-x longlines-auto-wrap}.
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
804
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
805 @findex longlines-show-hard-newlines
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
806 Type @kbd{RET} to insert a hard newline, one which automatic
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
807 refilling will not remove. If you want to see where all the hard
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
808 newlines are, type @kbd{M-x longlines-show-hard-newlines}. This will
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
809 mark each hard newline with a special symbol. The same command with a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
810 prefix argument turns this display off.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
811
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
812 Long Lines mode does not change normal text files that are already
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
813 filled, since the existing newlines are considered hard newlines.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
814 Before Long Lines can do anything, you need to transform each
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
815 paragraph into a long line. One way is to set @code{fill-column} to a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
816 large number (e.g., @kbd{C-u 9999 C-x f}), re-fill all the paragraphs,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
817 and then set @code{fill-column} back to its original value.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
818
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
819 @node Case
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
820 @section Case Conversion Commands
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
821 @cindex case conversion
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
822
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
823 Emacs has commands for converting either a single word or any arbitrary
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
824 range of text to upper case or to lower case.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
825
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
826 @table @kbd
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
827 @item M-l
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
828 Convert following word to lower case (@code{downcase-word}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
829 @item M-u
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
830 Convert following word to upper case (@code{upcase-word}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
831 @item M-c
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
832 Capitalize the following word (@code{capitalize-word}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
833 @item C-x C-l
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
834 Convert region to lower case (@code{downcase-region}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
835 @item C-x C-u
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
836 Convert region to upper case (@code{upcase-region}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
837 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
838
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
839 @kindex M-l
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
840 @kindex M-u
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
841 @kindex M-c
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
842 @cindex words, case conversion
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
843 @cindex converting text to upper or lower case
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
844 @cindex capitalizing words
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
845 @findex downcase-word
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
846 @findex upcase-word
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
847 @findex capitalize-word
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
848 The word conversion commands are the most useful. @kbd{M-l}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
849 (@code{downcase-word}) converts the word after point to lower case, moving
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
850 past it. Thus, repeating @kbd{M-l} converts successive words.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
851 @kbd{M-u} (@code{upcase-word}) converts to all capitals instead, while
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
852 @kbd{M-c} (@code{capitalize-word}) puts the first letter of the word
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
853 into upper case and the rest into lower case. All these commands convert
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
854 several words at once if given an argument. They are especially convenient
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
855 for converting a large amount of text from all upper case to mixed case,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
856 because you can move through the text using @kbd{M-l}, @kbd{M-u} or
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
857 @kbd{M-c} on each word as appropriate, occasionally using @kbd{M-f} instead
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
858 to skip a word.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
859
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
860 When given a negative argument, the word case conversion commands apply
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
861 to the appropriate number of words before point, but do not move point.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
862 This is convenient when you have just typed a word in the wrong case: you
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
863 can give the case conversion command and continue typing.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
864
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
865 If a word case conversion command is given in the middle of a word,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
866 it applies only to the part of the word which follows point. (This is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
867 comparable to what @kbd{M-d} (@code{kill-word}) does.) With a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
868 negative argument, case conversion applies only to the part of the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
869 word before point.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
870
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
871 @kindex C-x C-l
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
872 @kindex C-x C-u
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
873 @findex downcase-region
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
874 @findex upcase-region
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
875 The other case conversion commands are @kbd{C-x C-u}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
876 (@code{upcase-region}) and @kbd{C-x C-l} (@code{downcase-region}), which
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
877 convert everything between point and mark to the specified case. Point and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
878 mark do not move.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
879
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
880 The region case conversion commands @code{upcase-region} and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
881 @code{downcase-region} are normally disabled. This means that they ask
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
882 for confirmation if you try to use them. When you confirm, you may
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
883 enable the command, which means it will not ask for confirmation again.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
884 @xref{Disabling}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
885
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
886 @node Text Mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
887 @section Text Mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
888 @cindex Text mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
889 @cindex mode, Text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
890 @findex text-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
891
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
892 When you edit files of text in a human language, it's more convenient
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
893 to use Text mode rather than Fundamental mode. To enter Text mode, type
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
894 @kbd{M-x text-mode}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
895
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
896 In Text mode, only blank lines and page delimiters separate
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
897 paragraphs. As a result, paragraphs can be indented, and adaptive
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
898 filling determines what indentation to use when filling a paragraph.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
899 @xref{Adaptive Fill}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
900
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
901 @kindex TAB @r{(Text mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
902 Text mode defines @key{TAB} to run @code{indent-relative}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
903 (@pxref{Indentation}), so that you can conveniently indent a line like
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
904 the previous line.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
905
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
906 Text mode turns off the features concerned with comments except when
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
907 you explicitly invoke them. It changes the syntax table so that
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
908 single-quotes are considered part of words. However, if a word starts
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
909 with single-quotes, these are treated as a prefix for purposes such as
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
910 capitalization. That is, @kbd{M-c} will convert @samp{'hello'} into
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
911 @samp{'Hello'}, as expected.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
912
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
913 @cindex Paragraph-Indent Text mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
914 @cindex mode, Paragraph-Indent Text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
915 @findex paragraph-indent-text-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
916 @findex paragraph-indent-minor-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
917 If you indent the first lines of paragraphs, then you should use
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
918 Paragraph-Indent Text mode rather than Text mode. In this mode, you
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
919 do not need to have blank lines between paragraphs, because the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
920 first-line indentation is sufficient to start a paragraph; however
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
921 paragraphs in which every line is indented are not supported. Use
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
922 @kbd{M-x paragraph-indent-text-mode} to enter this mode. Use @kbd{M-x
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
923 paragraph-indent-minor-mode} to enable an equivalent minor mode in
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
924 situations where you can't change the major mode---in mail
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
925 composition, for instance.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
926
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
927 @kindex M-TAB @r{(Text mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
928 Text mode, and all the modes based on it, define @kbd{M-@key{TAB}}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
929 as the command @code{ispell-complete-word}, which performs completion
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
930 of the partial word in the buffer before point, using the spelling
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
931 dictionary as the space of possible words. @xref{Spelling}. If your
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
932 window manager defines @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} to switch windows, you can
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
933 type @kbd{@key{ESC} @key{TAB}} or @kbd{C-M-i}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
934
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
935 @vindex text-mode-hook
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
936 Entering Text mode runs the hook @code{text-mode-hook}. Other major
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
937 modes related to Text mode also run this hook, followed by hooks of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
938 their own; this includes Paragraph-Indent Text mode, Nroff mode, @TeX{}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
939 mode, Outline mode, and Mail mode. Hook functions on
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
940 @code{text-mode-hook} can look at the value of @code{major-mode} to see
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
941 which of these modes is actually being entered. @xref{Hooks}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
942
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
943 @node Outline Mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
944 @section Outline Mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
945 @cindex Outline mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
946 @cindex mode, Outline
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
947 @cindex invisible lines
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
948
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
949 @findex outline-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
950 @findex outline-minor-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
951 @vindex outline-minor-mode-prefix
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
952 Outline mode is a major mode much like Text mode but intended for
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
953 editing outlines. It allows you to make parts of the text temporarily
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
954 invisible so that you can see the outline structure. Type @kbd{M-x
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
955 outline-mode} to switch to Outline mode as the major mode of the current
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
956 buffer.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
957
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
958 When Outline mode makes a line invisible, the line does not appear
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
959 on the screen. The screen appears exactly as if the invisible line
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
960 were deleted, except that an ellipsis (three periods in a row) appears
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
961 at the end of the previous visible line. (Multiple consecutive
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
962 invisible lines produce just one ellipsis.)
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
963
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
964 Editing commands that operate on lines, such as @kbd{C-n} and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
965 @kbd{C-p}, treat the text of the invisible line as part of the previous
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
966 visible line. Killing the ellipsis at the end of a visible line
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
967 really kills all the following invisible lines.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
968
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
969 Outline minor mode provides the same commands as the major mode,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
970 Outline mode, but you can use it in conjunction with other major modes.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
971 Type @kbd{M-x outline-minor-mode} to enable the Outline minor mode in
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
972 the current buffer. You can also specify this in the text of a file,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
973 with a file local variable of the form @samp{mode: outline-minor}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
974 (@pxref{File Variables}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
975
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
976 @kindex C-c @@ @r{(Outline minor mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
977 The major mode, Outline mode, provides special key bindings on the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
978 @kbd{C-c} prefix. Outline minor mode provides similar bindings with
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
979 @kbd{C-c @@} as the prefix; this is to reduce the conflicts with the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
980 major mode's special commands. (The variable
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
981 @code{outline-minor-mode-prefix} controls the prefix used.)
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
982
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
983 @vindex outline-mode-hook
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
984 Entering Outline mode runs the hook @code{text-mode-hook} followed by
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
985 the hook @code{outline-mode-hook} (@pxref{Hooks}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
986
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
987 @menu
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
988 * Format: Outline Format. What the text of an outline looks like.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
989 * Motion: Outline Motion. Special commands for moving through
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
990 outlines.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
991 * Visibility: Outline Visibility. Commands to control what is visible.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
992 * Views: Outline Views. Outlines and multiple views.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
993 * Foldout:: Folding means zooming in on outlines.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
994 @end menu
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
995
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
996 @node Outline Format
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
997 @subsection Format of Outlines
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
998
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
999 @cindex heading lines (Outline mode)
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1000 @cindex body lines (Outline mode)
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1001 Outline mode assumes that the lines in the buffer are of two types:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1002 @dfn{heading lines} and @dfn{body lines}. A heading line represents a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1003 topic in the outline. Heading lines start with one or more stars; the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1004 number of stars determines the depth of the heading in the outline
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1005 structure. Thus, a heading line with one star is a major topic; all the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1006 heading lines with two stars between it and the next one-star heading
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1007 are its subtopics; and so on. Any line that is not a heading line is a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1008 body line. Body lines belong with the preceding heading line. Here is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1009 an example:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1010
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1011 @example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1012 * Food
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1013 This is the body,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1014 which says something about the topic of food.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1015
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1016 ** Delicious Food
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1017 This is the body of the second-level header.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1018
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1019 ** Distasteful Food
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1020 This could have
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1021 a body too, with
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1022 several lines.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1023
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1024 *** Dormitory Food
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1025
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1026 * Shelter
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1027 Another first-level topic with its header line.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1028 @end example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1029
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1030 A heading line together with all following body lines is called
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1031 collectively an @dfn{entry}. A heading line together with all following
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1032 deeper heading lines and their body lines is called a @dfn{subtree}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1033
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1034 @vindex outline-regexp
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1035 You can customize the criterion for distinguishing heading lines by
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1036 setting the variable @code{outline-regexp}. (The recommended ways to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1037 do this are in a major mode function or with a file local variable.)
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1038 Any line whose beginning has a match for this regexp is considered a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1039 heading line. Matches that start within a line (not at the left
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1040 margin) do not count.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1041
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1042 The length of the matching text determines the level of the heading;
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1043 longer matches make a more deeply nested level. Thus, for example, if
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1044 a text formatter has commands @samp{@@chapter}, @samp{@@section} and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1045 @samp{@@subsection} to divide the document into chapters and sections,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1046 you could make those lines count as heading lines by setting
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1047 @code{outline-regexp} to @samp{"@@chap\\|@@\\(sub\\)*section"}. Note
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1048 the trick: the two words @samp{chapter} and @samp{section} are equally
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1049 long, but by defining the regexp to match only @samp{chap} we ensure
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1050 that the length of the text matched on a chapter heading is shorter,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1051 so that Outline mode will know that sections are contained in
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1052 chapters. This works as long as no other command starts with
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1053 @samp{@@chap}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1054
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1055 @vindex outline-level
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1056 You can explicitly specify a rule for calculating the level of a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1057 heading line by setting the variable @code{outline-level}. The value
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1058 of @code{outline-level} should be a function that takes no arguments
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1059 and returns the level of the current heading. The recommended ways to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1060 set this variable are in a major mode command or with a file local
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1061 variable.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1062
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1063 @node Outline Motion
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1064 @subsection Outline Motion Commands
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1065
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1066 Outline mode provides special motion commands that move backward and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1067 forward to heading lines.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1068
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1069 @table @kbd
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1070 @item C-c C-n
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1071 Move point to the next visible heading line
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1072 (@code{outline-next-visible-heading}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1073 @item C-c C-p
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1074 Move point to the previous visible heading line
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1075 (@code{outline-previous-visible-heading}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1076 @item C-c C-f
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1077 Move point to the next visible heading line at the same level
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1078 as the one point is on (@code{outline-forward-same-level}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1079 @item C-c C-b
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1080 Move point to the previous visible heading line at the same level
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1081 (@code{outline-backward-same-level}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1082 @item C-c C-u
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1083 Move point up to a lower-level (more inclusive) visible heading line
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1084 (@code{outline-up-heading}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1085 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1086
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1087 @findex outline-next-visible-heading
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1088 @findex outline-previous-visible-heading
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1089 @kindex C-c C-n @r{(Outline mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1090 @kindex C-c C-p @r{(Outline mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1091 @kbd{C-c C-n} (@code{outline-next-visible-heading}) moves down to the next
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1092 heading line. @kbd{C-c C-p} (@code{outline-previous-visible-heading}) moves
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1093 similarly backward. Both accept numeric arguments as repeat counts. The
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1094 names emphasize that invisible headings are skipped, but this is not really
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1095 a special feature. All editing commands that look for lines ignore the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1096 invisible lines automatically.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1097
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1098 @findex outline-up-heading
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1099 @findex outline-forward-same-level
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1100 @findex outline-backward-same-level
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1101 @kindex C-c C-f @r{(Outline mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1102 @kindex C-c C-b @r{(Outline mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1103 @kindex C-c C-u @r{(Outline mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1104 More powerful motion commands understand the level structure of headings.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1105 @kbd{C-c C-f} (@code{outline-forward-same-level}) and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1106 @kbd{C-c C-b} (@code{outline-backward-same-level}) move from one
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1107 heading line to another visible heading at the same depth in
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1108 the outline. @kbd{C-c C-u} (@code{outline-up-heading}) moves
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1109 backward to another heading that is less deeply nested.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1110
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1111 @node Outline Visibility
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1112 @subsection Outline Visibility Commands
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1113
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1114 The other special commands of outline mode are used to make lines visible
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1115 or invisible. Their names all start with @code{hide} or @code{show}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1116 Most of them fall into pairs of opposites. They are not undoable; instead,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1117 you can undo right past them. Making lines visible or invisible is simply
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1118 not recorded by the undo mechanism.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1119
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1120 Many of these commands act on the ``current'' heading line. If
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1121 point is on a heading line, that is the current heading line; if point
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1122 is on a body line, the current heading line is the nearest preceding
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1123 header line.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1124
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1125 @table @kbd
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1126 @item C-c C-c
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1127 Make the current heading line's body invisible (@code{hide-entry}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1128 @item C-c C-e
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1129 Make the current heading line's body visible (@code{show-entry}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1130 @item C-c C-d
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1131 Make everything under the current heading invisible, not including the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1132 heading itself (@code{hide-subtree}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1133 @item C-c C-s
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1134 Make everything under the current heading visible, including body,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1135 subheadings, and their bodies (@code{show-subtree}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1136 @item C-c C-l
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1137 Make the body of the current heading line, and of all its subheadings,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1138 invisible (@code{hide-leaves}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1139 @item C-c C-k
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1140 Make all subheadings of the current heading line, at all levels,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1141 visible (@code{show-branches}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1142 @item C-c C-i
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1143 Make immediate subheadings (one level down) of the current heading
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1144 line visible (@code{show-children}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1145 @item C-c C-t
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1146 Make all body lines in the buffer invisible (@code{hide-body}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1147 @item C-c C-a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1148 Make all lines in the buffer visible (@code{show-all}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1149 @item C-c C-q
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1150 Hide everything except the top @var{n} levels of heading lines
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1151 (@code{hide-sublevels}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1152 @item C-c C-o
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1153 Hide everything except for the heading or body that point is in, plus
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1154 the headings leading up from there to the top level of the outline
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1155 (@code{hide-other}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1156 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1157
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1158 @findex hide-entry
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1159 @findex show-entry
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1160 @kindex C-c C-c @r{(Outline mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1161 @kindex C-c C-e @r{(Outline mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1162 Two commands that are exact opposites are @kbd{C-c C-c}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1163 (@code{hide-entry}) and @kbd{C-c C-e} (@code{show-entry}). They apply
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1164 to the body lines directly following the current heading line.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1165 Subheadings and their bodies are not affected.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1166
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1167 @findex hide-subtree
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1168 @findex show-subtree
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1169 @kindex C-c C-s @r{(Outline mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1170 @kindex C-c C-d @r{(Outline mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1171 @cindex subtree (Outline mode)
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1172 Two more powerful opposites are @kbd{C-c C-d} (@code{hide-subtree})
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1173 and @kbd{C-c C-s} (@code{show-subtree}). Both apply to the current
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1174 heading line's @dfn{subtree}: its body, all its subheadings, both
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1175 direct and indirect, and all of their bodies. In other words, the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1176 subtree contains everything following the current heading line, up to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1177 and not including the next heading of the same or higher rank.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1178
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1179 @findex hide-leaves
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1180 @findex show-branches
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1181 @kindex C-c C-l @r{(Outline mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1182 @kindex C-c C-k @r{(Outline mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1183 Intermediate between a visible subtree and an invisible one is having
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1184 all the subheadings visible but none of the body. There are two
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1185 commands for doing this, depending on whether you want to hide the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1186 bodies or make the subheadings visible. They are @kbd{C-c C-l}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1187 (@code{hide-leaves}) and @kbd{C-c C-k} (@code{show-branches}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1188
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1189 @kindex C-c C-i @r{(Outline mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1190 @findex show-children
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1191 A little weaker than @code{show-branches} is @kbd{C-c C-i}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1192 (@code{show-children}). It makes just the direct subheadings
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1193 visible---those one level down. Deeper subheadings remain invisible, if
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1194 they were invisible.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1195
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1196 @findex hide-body
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1197 @findex show-all
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1198 @kindex C-c C-t @r{(Outline mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1199 @kindex C-c C-a @r{(Outline mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1200 Two commands have a blanket effect on the whole file. @kbd{C-c C-t}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1201 (@code{hide-body}) makes all body lines invisible, so that you see just
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1202 the outline structure (as a special exception, it will not hide lines
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1203 at the top of the file, preceding the first header line, even though
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1204 these are technically body lines). @kbd{C-c C-a} (@code{show-all})
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1205 makes all lines visible. These commands can be thought of as a pair
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1206 of opposites even though @kbd{C-c C-a} applies to more than just body
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1207 lines.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1208
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1209 @findex hide-sublevels
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1210 @kindex C-c C-q @r{(Outline mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1211 The command @kbd{C-c C-q} (@code{hide-sublevels}) hides all but the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1212 top level headings. With a numeric argument @var{n}, it hides everything
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1213 except the top @var{n} levels of heading lines.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1214
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1215 @findex hide-other
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1216 @kindex C-c C-o @r{(Outline mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1217 The command @kbd{C-c C-o} (@code{hide-other}) hides everything except
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1218 the heading and body text that point is in, plus its parents (the headers
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1219 leading up from there to top level in the outline) and the top level
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1220 headings.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1221
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1222 @findex reveal-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1223 When incremental search finds text that is hidden by Outline mode,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1224 it makes that part of the buffer visible. If you exit the search
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1225 at that position, the text remains visible. You can also
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1226 automatically make text visible as you navigate in it by using
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1227 @kbd{M-x reveal-mode}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1228
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1229 @node Outline Views
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1230 @subsection Viewing One Outline in Multiple Views
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1231
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1232 @cindex multiple views of outline
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1233 @cindex views of an outline
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1234 @cindex outline with multiple views
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1235 @cindex indirect buffers and outlines
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1236 You can display two views of a single outline at the same time, in
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1237 different windows. To do this, you must create an indirect buffer using
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1238 @kbd{M-x make-indirect-buffer}. The first argument of this command is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1239 the existing outline buffer name, and its second argument is the name to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1240 use for the new indirect buffer. @xref{Indirect Buffers}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1241
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1242 Once the indirect buffer exists, you can display it in a window in the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1243 normal fashion, with @kbd{C-x 4 b} or other Emacs commands. The Outline
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1244 mode commands to show and hide parts of the text operate on each buffer
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1245 independently; as a result, each buffer can have its own view. If you
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1246 want more than two views on the same outline, create additional indirect
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1247 buffers.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1248
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1249 @node Foldout
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1250 @subsection Folding Editing
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1251
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1252 @cindex folding editing
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1253 The Foldout package extends Outline mode and Outline minor mode with
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1254 ``folding'' commands. The idea of folding is that you zoom in on a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1255 nested portion of the outline, while hiding its relatives at higher
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1256 levels.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1257
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1258 Consider an Outline mode buffer with all the text and subheadings under
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1259 level-1 headings hidden. To look at what is hidden under one of these
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1260 headings, you could use @kbd{C-c C-e} (@kbd{M-x show-entry}) to expose
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1261 the body, or @kbd{C-c C-i} to expose the child (level-2) headings.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1262
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1263 @kindex C-c C-z
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1264 @findex foldout-zoom-subtree
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1265 With Foldout, you use @kbd{C-c C-z} (@kbd{M-x foldout-zoom-subtree}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1266 This exposes the body and child subheadings, and narrows the buffer so
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1267 that only the @w{level-1} heading, the body and the level-2 headings are
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1268 visible. Now to look under one of the level-2 headings, position the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1269 cursor on it and use @kbd{C-c C-z} again. This exposes the level-2 body
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1270 and its level-3 child subheadings and narrows the buffer again. Zooming
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1271 in on successive subheadings can be done as much as you like. A string
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1272 in the mode line shows how deep you've gone.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1273
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1274 When zooming in on a heading, to see only the child subheadings specify
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1275 a numeric argument: @kbd{C-u C-c C-z}. The number of levels of children
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1276 can be specified too (compare @kbd{M-x show-children}), e.g.@: @kbd{M-2
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1277 C-c C-z} exposes two levels of child subheadings. Alternatively, the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1278 body can be specified with a negative argument: @kbd{M-- C-c C-z}. The
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1279 whole subtree can be expanded, similarly to @kbd{C-c C-s} (@kbd{M-x
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1280 show-subtree}), by specifying a zero argument: @kbd{M-0 C-c C-z}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1281
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1282 While you're zoomed in, you can still use Outline mode's exposure and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1283 hiding functions without disturbing Foldout. Also, since the buffer is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1284 narrowed, ``global'' editing actions will only affect text under the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1285 zoomed-in heading. This is useful for restricting changes to a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1286 particular chapter or section of your document.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1287
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1288 @kindex C-c C-x
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1289 @findex foldout-exit-fold
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1290 To unzoom (exit) a fold, use @kbd{C-c C-x} (@kbd{M-x foldout-exit-fold}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1291 This hides all the text and subheadings under the top-level heading and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1292 returns you to the previous view of the buffer. Specifying a numeric
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1293 argument exits that many levels of folds. Specifying a zero argument
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1294 exits all folds.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1295
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1296 To cancel the narrowing of a fold without hiding the text and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1297 subheadings, specify a negative argument. For example, @kbd{M--2 C-c
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1298 C-x} exits two folds and leaves the text and subheadings exposed.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1299
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1300 Foldout mode also provides mouse commands for entering and exiting
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1301 folds, and for showing and hiding text:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1302
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1303 @table @asis
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1304 @item @kbd{C-M-Mouse-1} zooms in on the heading clicked on
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1305 @itemize @asis
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1306 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1307 single click: expose body.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1308 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1309 double click: expose subheadings.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1310 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1311 triple click: expose body and subheadings.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1312 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1313 quad click: expose entire subtree.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1314 @end itemize
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1315 @item @kbd{C-M-Mouse-2} exposes text under the heading clicked on
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1316 @itemize @asis
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1317 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1318 single click: expose body.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1319 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1320 double click: expose subheadings.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1321 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1322 triple click: expose body and subheadings.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1323 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1324 quad click: expose entire subtree.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1325 @end itemize
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1326 @item @kbd{C-M-Mouse-3} hides text under the heading clicked on or exits fold
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1327 @itemize @asis
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1328 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1329 single click: hide subtree.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1330 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1331 double click: exit fold and hide text.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1332 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1333 triple click: exit fold without hiding text.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1334 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1335 quad click: exit all folds and hide text.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1336 @end itemize
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1337 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1338
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1339 @vindex foldout-mouse-modifiers
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1340 You can specify different modifier keys (instead of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1341 @kbd{Control-Meta-}) by setting @code{foldout-mouse-modifiers}; but if
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1342 you have already loaded the @file{foldout.el} library, you must reload
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1343 it in order for this to take effect.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1344
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1345 To use the Foldout package, you can type @kbd{M-x load-library
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1346 @key{RET} foldout @key{RET}}; or you can arrange for to do that
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1347 automatically by putting this in your @file{.emacs} file:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1348
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1349 @example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1350 (eval-after-load "outline" '(require 'foldout))
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1351 @end example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1352
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1353 @node TeX Mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1354 @section @TeX{} Mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1355 @cindex @TeX{} mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1356 @cindex La@TeX{} mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1357 @cindex Sli@TeX{} mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1358 @cindex Doc@TeX{} mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1359 @cindex mode, @TeX{}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1360 @cindex mode, La@TeX{}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1361 @cindex mode, Sli@TeX{}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1362 @cindex mode, Doc@TeX{}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1363 @findex tex-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1364 @findex plain-tex-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1365 @findex latex-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1366 @findex slitex-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1367 @findex doctex-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1368
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1369 @TeX{} is a powerful text formatter written by Donald Knuth; it is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1370 also free software, like GNU Emacs. La@TeX{} is a simplified input
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1371 format for @TeX{}, implemented by @TeX{} macros; it comes with @TeX{}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1372 Sli@TeX{} is a special form of La@TeX{}.@footnote{Sli@TeX{} is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1373 obsoleted by the @samp{slides} document class and other alternative
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1374 packages in recent La@TeX{} versions.} Doc@TeX{} (@file{.dtx}) is a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1375 special file format in which the La@TeX{} sources are written,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1376 combining sources with documentation.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1377
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1378 Emacs has a special @TeX{} mode for editing @TeX{} input files.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1379 It provides facilities for checking the balance of delimiters and for
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1380 invoking @TeX{} on all or part of the file.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1381
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1382 @vindex tex-default-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1383 @TeX{} mode has four variants: Plain @TeX{} mode, La@TeX{} mode,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1384 Sli@TeX{} mode, and Doc@TeX{} mode (these distinct major modes differ
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1385 only slightly). They are designed for editing the four different
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1386 formats. The command @kbd{M-x tex-mode} looks at the contents of the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1387 buffer to determine whether the contents appear to be either La@TeX{}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1388 input, Sli@TeX{}, or Doc@TeX{} input; if so, it selects the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1389 appropriate mode. If the file contents do not appear to be La@TeX{},
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1390 Sli@TeX{} or Doc@TeX{}, it selects Plain @TeX{} mode. If the contents
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1391 are insufficient to determine this, the variable
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1392 @code{tex-default-mode} controls which mode is used.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1393
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1394 When @kbd{M-x tex-mode} does not guess right, you can use the commands
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1395 @kbd{M-x plain-tex-mode}, @kbd{M-x latex-mode}, @kbd{M-x slitex-mode},
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1396 and @kbd{doctex-mode} to select explicitly the particular variants of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1397 @TeX{} mode.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1398
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1399 @menu
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1400 * Editing: TeX Editing. Special commands for editing in TeX mode.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1401 * LaTeX: LaTeX Editing. Additional commands for LaTeX input files.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1402 * Printing: TeX Print. Commands for printing part of a file with TeX.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1403 * Misc: TeX Misc. Customization of TeX mode, and related features.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1404 @end menu
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1405
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1406 @node TeX Editing
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1407 @subsection @TeX{} Editing Commands
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1408
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1409 Here are the special commands provided in @TeX{} mode for editing the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1410 text of the file.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1411
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1412 @table @kbd
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1413 @item "
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1414 Insert, according to context, either @samp{``} or @samp{"} or
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1415 @samp{''} (@code{tex-insert-quote}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1416 @item C-j
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1417 Insert a paragraph break (two newlines) and check the previous
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1418 paragraph for unbalanced braces or dollar signs
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1419 (@code{tex-terminate-paragraph}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1420 @item M-x tex-validate-region
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1421 Check each paragraph in the region for unbalanced braces or dollar signs.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1422 @item C-c @{
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1423 Insert @samp{@{@}} and position point between them (@code{tex-insert-braces}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1424 @item C-c @}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1425 Move forward past the next unmatched close brace (@code{up-list}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1426 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1427
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1428 @findex tex-insert-quote
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1429 @kindex " @r{(@TeX{} mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1430 In @TeX{}, the character @samp{"} is not normally used; we use
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1431 @samp{``} to start a quotation and @samp{''} to end one. To make
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1432 editing easier under this formatting convention, @TeX{} mode overrides
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1433 the normal meaning of the key @kbd{"} with a command that inserts a pair
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1434 of single-quotes or backquotes (@code{tex-insert-quote}). To be
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1435 precise, this command inserts @samp{``} after whitespace or an open
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1436 brace, @samp{"} after a backslash, and @samp{''} after any other
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1437 character.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1438
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1439 If you need the character @samp{"} itself in unusual contexts, use
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1440 @kbd{C-q} to insert it. Also, @kbd{"} with a numeric argument always
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1441 inserts that number of @samp{"} characters. You can turn off the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1442 feature of @kbd{"} expansion by eliminating that binding in the local
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1443 map (@pxref{Key Bindings}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1444
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1445 In @TeX{} mode, @samp{$} has a special syntax code which attempts to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1446 understand the way @TeX{} math mode delimiters match. When you insert a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1447 @samp{$} that is meant to exit math mode, the position of the matching
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1448 @samp{$} that entered math mode is displayed for a second. This is the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1449 same feature that displays the open brace that matches a close brace that
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1450 is inserted. However, there is no way to tell whether a @samp{$} enters
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1451 math mode or leaves it; so when you insert a @samp{$} that enters math
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1452 mode, the previous @samp{$} position is shown as if it were a match, even
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1453 though they are actually unrelated.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1454
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1455 @findex tex-insert-braces
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1456 @kindex C-c @{ @r{(@TeX{} mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1457 @findex up-list
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1458 @kindex C-c @} @r{(@TeX{} mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1459 @TeX{} uses braces as delimiters that must match. Some users prefer
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1460 to keep braces balanced at all times, rather than inserting them
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1461 singly. Use @kbd{C-c @{} (@code{tex-insert-braces}) to insert a pair of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1462 braces. It leaves point between the two braces so you can insert the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1463 text that belongs inside. Afterward, use the command @kbd{C-c @}}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1464 (@code{up-list}) to move forward past the close brace.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1465
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1466 @findex tex-validate-region
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1467 @findex tex-terminate-paragraph
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1468 @kindex C-j @r{(@TeX{} mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1469 There are two commands for checking the matching of braces. @kbd{C-j}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1470 (@code{tex-terminate-paragraph}) checks the paragraph before point, and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1471 inserts two newlines to start a new paragraph. It outputs a message in
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1472 the echo area if any mismatch is found. @kbd{M-x tex-validate-region}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1473 checks a region, paragraph by paragraph. The errors are listed in the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1474 @samp{*Occur*} buffer, and you can use @kbd{C-c C-c} or @kbd{Mouse-2} in
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1475 that buffer to go to a particular mismatch.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1476
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1477 Note that Emacs commands count square brackets and parentheses in
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1478 @TeX{} mode, not just braces. This is not strictly correct for the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1479 purpose of checking @TeX{} syntax. However, parentheses and square
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1480 brackets are likely to be used in text as matching delimiters and it is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1481 useful for the various motion commands and automatic match display to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1482 work with them.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1483
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1484 @node LaTeX Editing
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1485 @subsection La@TeX{} Editing Commands
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1486
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1487 La@TeX{} mode, and its variant, Sli@TeX{} mode, provide a few extra
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1488 features not applicable to plain @TeX{}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1489
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1490 @table @kbd
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1491 @item C-c C-o
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1492 Insert @samp{\begin} and @samp{\end} for La@TeX{} block and position
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1493 point on a line between them (@code{tex-latex-block}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1494 @item C-c C-e
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1495 Close the innermost La@TeX{} block not yet closed
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1496 (@code{tex-close-latex-block}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1497 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1498
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1499 @findex tex-latex-block
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1500 @kindex C-c C-o @r{(La@TeX{} mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1501 @vindex latex-block-names
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1502 In La@TeX{} input, @samp{\begin} and @samp{\end} commands are used to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1503 group blocks of text. To insert a @samp{\begin} and a matching
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1504 @samp{\end} (on a new line following the @samp{\begin}), use @kbd{C-c
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1505 C-o} (@code{tex-latex-block}). A blank line is inserted between the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1506 two, and point is left there. You can use completion when you enter the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1507 block type; to specify additional block type names beyond the standard
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1508 list, set the variable @code{latex-block-names}. For example, here's
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1509 how to add @samp{theorem}, @samp{corollary}, and @samp{proof}:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1510
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1511 @example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1512 (setq latex-block-names '("theorem" "corollary" "proof"))
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1513 @end example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1514
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1515 @findex tex-close-latex-block
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1516 @kindex C-c C-e @r{(La@TeX{} mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1517 In La@TeX{} input, @samp{\begin} and @samp{\end} commands must
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1518 balance. You can use @kbd{C-c C-e} (@code{tex-close-latex-block}) to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1519 insert automatically a matching @samp{\end} to match the last unmatched
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1520 @samp{\begin}. It indents the @samp{\end} to match the corresponding
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1521 @samp{\begin}. It inserts a newline after @samp{\end} if point is at
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1522 the beginning of a line.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1523
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1524 @node TeX Print
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1525 @subsection @TeX{} Printing Commands
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1526
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1527 You can invoke @TeX{} as an inferior of Emacs on either the entire
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1528 contents of the buffer or just a region at a time. Running @TeX{} in
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1529 this way on just one chapter is a good way to see what your changes
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1530 look like without taking the time to format the entire file.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1531
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1532 @table @kbd
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1533 @item C-c C-r
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1534 Invoke @TeX{} on the current region, together with the buffer's header
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1535 (@code{tex-region}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1536 @item C-c C-b
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1537 Invoke @TeX{} on the entire current buffer (@code{tex-buffer}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1538 @item C-c @key{TAB}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1539 Invoke Bib@TeX{} on the current file (@code{tex-bibtex-file}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1540 @item C-c C-f
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1541 Invoke @TeX{} on the current file (@code{tex-file}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1542 @item C-c C-l
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1543 Recenter the window showing output from the inferior @TeX{} so that
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1544 the last line can be seen (@code{tex-recenter-output-buffer}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1545 @item C-c C-k
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1546 Kill the @TeX{} subprocess (@code{tex-kill-job}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1547 @item C-c C-p
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1548 Print the output from the last @kbd{C-c C-r}, @kbd{C-c C-b}, or @kbd{C-c
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1549 C-f} command (@code{tex-print}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1550 @item C-c C-v
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1551 Preview the output from the last @kbd{C-c C-r}, @kbd{C-c C-b}, or @kbd{C-c
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1552 C-f} command (@code{tex-view}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1553 @item C-c C-q
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1554 Show the printer queue (@code{tex-show-print-queue}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1555 @item C-c C-c
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1556 Invoke some other compilation command on the entire current buffer
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1557 (@code{tex-compile}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1558 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1559
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1560 @findex tex-buffer
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1561 @kindex C-c C-b @r{(@TeX{} mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1562 @findex tex-print
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1563 @kindex C-c C-p @r{(@TeX{} mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1564 @findex tex-view
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1565 @kindex C-c C-v @r{(@TeX{} mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1566 @findex tex-show-print-queue
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1567 @kindex C-c C-q @r{(@TeX{} mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1568 You can pass the current buffer through an inferior @TeX{} by means of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1569 @kbd{C-c C-b} (@code{tex-buffer}). The formatted output appears in a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1570 temporary file; to print it, type @kbd{C-c C-p} (@code{tex-print}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1571 Afterward, you can use @kbd{C-c C-q} (@code{tex-show-print-queue}) to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1572 view the progress of your output towards being printed. If your terminal
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1573 has the ability to display @TeX{} output files, you can preview the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1574 output on the terminal with @kbd{C-c C-v} (@code{tex-view}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1575
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1576 @cindex @env{TEXINPUTS} environment variable
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1577 @vindex tex-directory
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1578 You can specify the directory to use for running @TeX{} by setting the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1579 variable @code{tex-directory}. @code{"."} is the default value. If
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1580 your environment variable @env{TEXINPUTS} contains relative directory
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1581 names, or if your files contains @samp{\input} commands with relative
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1582 file names, then @code{tex-directory} @emph{must} be @code{"."} or you
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1583 will get the wrong results. Otherwise, it is safe to specify some other
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1584 directory, such as @code{"/tmp"}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1585
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1586 @vindex tex-run-command
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1587 @vindex latex-run-command
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1588 @vindex slitex-run-command
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1589 @vindex tex-dvi-print-command
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1590 @vindex tex-dvi-view-command
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1591 @vindex tex-show-queue-command
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1592 If you want to specify which shell commands are used in the inferior @TeX{},
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1593 you can do so by setting the values of the variables @code{tex-run-command},
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1594 @code{latex-run-command}, @code{slitex-run-command},
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1595 @code{tex-dvi-print-command}, @code{tex-dvi-view-command}, and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1596 @code{tex-show-queue-command}. The default values may
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1597 (or may not) be appropriate for your system.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1598
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1599 Normally, the file name given to these commands comes at the end of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1600 the command string; for example, @samp{latex @var{filename}}. In some
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1601 cases, however, the file name needs to be embedded in the command; an
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1602 example is when you need to provide the file name as an argument to one
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1603 command whose output is piped to another. You can specify where to put
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1604 the file name with @samp{*} in the command string. For example,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1605
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1606 @example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1607 (setq tex-dvi-print-command "dvips -f * | lpr")
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1608 @end example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1609
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1610 @findex tex-kill-job
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1611 @kindex C-c C-k @r{(@TeX{} mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1612 @findex tex-recenter-output-buffer
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1613 @kindex C-c C-l @r{(@TeX{} mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1614 The terminal output from @TeX{}, including any error messages, appears
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1615 in a buffer called @samp{*tex-shell*}. If @TeX{} gets an error, you can
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1616 switch to this buffer and feed it input (this works as in Shell mode;
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1617 @pxref{Interactive Shell}). Without switching to this buffer you can
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1618 scroll it so that its last line is visible by typing @kbd{C-c
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1619 C-l}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1620
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1621 Type @kbd{C-c C-k} (@code{tex-kill-job}) to kill the @TeX{} process if
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1622 you see that its output is no longer useful. Using @kbd{C-c C-b} or
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1623 @kbd{C-c C-r} also kills any @TeX{} process still running.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1624
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1625 @findex tex-region
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1626 @kindex C-c C-r @r{(@TeX{} mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1627 You can also pass an arbitrary region through an inferior @TeX{} by typing
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1628 @kbd{C-c C-r} (@code{tex-region}). This is tricky, however, because most files
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1629 of @TeX{} input contain commands at the beginning to set parameters and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1630 define macros, without which no later part of the file will format
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1631 correctly. To solve this problem, @kbd{C-c C-r} allows you to designate a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1632 part of the file as containing essential commands; it is included before
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1633 the specified region as part of the input to @TeX{}. The designated part
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1634 of the file is called the @dfn{header}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1635
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1636 @cindex header (@TeX{} mode)
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1637 To indicate the bounds of the header in Plain @TeX{} mode, you insert two
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1638 special strings in the file. Insert @samp{%**start of header} before the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1639 header, and @samp{%**end of header} after it. Each string must appear
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1640 entirely on one line, but there may be other text on the line before or
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1641 after. The lines containing the two strings are included in the header.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1642 If @samp{%**start of header} does not appear within the first 100 lines of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1643 the buffer, @kbd{C-c C-r} assumes that there is no header.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1644
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1645 In La@TeX{} mode, the header begins with @samp{\documentclass} or
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1646 @samp{\documentstyle} and ends with @samp{\begin@{document@}}. These
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1647 are commands that La@TeX{} requires you to use in any case, so nothing
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1648 special needs to be done to identify the header.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1649
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1650 @findex tex-file
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1651 @kindex C-c C-f @r{(@TeX{} mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1652 The commands (@code{tex-buffer}) and (@code{tex-region}) do all of their
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1653 work in a temporary directory, and do not have available any of the auxiliary
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1654 files needed by @TeX{} for cross-references; these commands are generally
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1655 not suitable for running the final copy in which all of the cross-references
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1656 need to be correct.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1657
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1658 When you want the auxiliary files for cross references, use @kbd{C-c
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1659 C-f} (@code{tex-file}) which runs @TeX{} on the current buffer's file,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1660 in that file's directory. Before running @TeX{}, it offers to save any
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1661 modified buffers. Generally, you need to use (@code{tex-file}) twice to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1662 get the cross-references right.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1663
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1664 @vindex tex-start-options
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1665 The value of the variable @code{tex-start-options} specifies
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1666 options for the @TeX{} run.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1667
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1668 @vindex tex-start-commands
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1669 The value of the variable @code{tex-start-commands} specifies @TeX{}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1670 commands for starting @TeX{}. The default value causes @TeX{} to run
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1671 in nonstop mode. To run @TeX{} interactively, set the variable to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1672 @code{""}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1673
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1674 @vindex tex-main-file
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1675 Large @TeX{} documents are often split into several files---one main
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1676 file, plus subfiles. Running @TeX{} on a subfile typically does not
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1677 work; you have to run it on the main file. In order to make
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1678 @code{tex-file} useful when you are editing a subfile, you can set the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1679 variable @code{tex-main-file} to the name of the main file. Then
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1680 @code{tex-file} runs @TeX{} on that file.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1681
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1682 The most convenient way to use @code{tex-main-file} is to specify it
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1683 in a local variable list in each of the subfiles. @xref{File
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1684 Variables}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1685
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1686 @findex tex-bibtex-file
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1687 @kindex C-c TAB @r{(@TeX{} mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1688 @vindex tex-bibtex-command
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1689 For La@TeX{} files, you can use Bib@TeX{} to process the auxiliary
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1690 file for the current buffer's file. Bib@TeX{} looks up bibliographic
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1691 citations in a data base and prepares the cited references for the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1692 bibliography section. The command @kbd{C-c @key{TAB}}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1693 (@code{tex-bibtex-file}) runs the shell command
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1694 (@code{tex-bibtex-command}) to produce a @samp{.bbl} file for the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1695 current buffer's file. Generally, you need to do @kbd{C-c C-f}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1696 (@code{tex-file}) once to generate the @samp{.aux} file, then do
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1697 @kbd{C-c @key{TAB}} (@code{tex-bibtex-file}), and then repeat @kbd{C-c C-f}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1698 (@code{tex-file}) twice more to get the cross-references correct.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1699
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1700 @findex tex-compile
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1701 @kindex C-c C-c @r{(@TeX{} mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1702 To invoke some other compilation program on the current @TeX{}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1703 buffer, type @kbd{C-c C-c} (@code{tex-compile}). This command knows
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1704 how to pass arguments to many common programs, including
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1705 @file{pdflatex}, @file{yap}, @file{xdvi}, and @file{dvips}. You can
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1706 select your desired compilation program using the standard completion
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1707 keys (@pxref{Completion}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1708
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1709 @node TeX Misc
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1710 @subsection @TeX{} Mode Miscellany
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1711
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1712 @vindex tex-shell-hook
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1713 @vindex tex-mode-hook
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1714 @vindex latex-mode-hook
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1715 @vindex slitex-mode-hook
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1716 @vindex plain-tex-mode-hook
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1717 Entering any variant of @TeX{} mode runs the hooks
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1718 @code{text-mode-hook} and @code{tex-mode-hook}. Then it runs either
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1719 @code{plain-tex-mode-hook}, @code{latex-mode-hook}, or
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1720 @code{slitex-mode-hook}, whichever is appropriate. Starting the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1721 @TeX{} shell runs the hook @code{tex-shell-hook}. @xref{Hooks}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1722
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1723 @findex iso-iso2tex
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1724 @findex iso-tex2iso
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1725 @findex iso-iso2gtex
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1726 @findex iso-gtex2iso
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1727 @cindex Latin-1 @TeX{} encoding
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1728 @cindex @TeX{} encoding
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1729 The commands @kbd{M-x iso-iso2tex}, @kbd{M-x iso-tex2iso}, @kbd{M-x
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1730 iso-iso2gtex} and @kbd{M-x iso-gtex2iso} can be used to convert
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1731 between Latin-1 encoded files and @TeX{}-encoded equivalents.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1732 @ignore
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1733 @c Too cryptic to be useful, too cryptic for me to make it better -- rms.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1734 They
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1735 are included by default in the @code{format-alist} variable, so they
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1736 can be used with @kbd{M-x format-find-file}, for instance.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1737 @end ignore
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1738
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1739 @ignore @c Not worth documenting if it is only for Czech -- rms.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1740 @findex tildify-buffer
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1741 @findex tildify-region
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1742 @cindex ties, @TeX{}, inserting
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1743 @cindex hard spaces, @TeX{}, inserting
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1744 The commands @kbd{M-x tildify-buffer} and @kbd{M-x tildify-region}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1745 insert @samp{~} (@dfn{tie}) characters where they are conventionally
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1746 required. This is set up for Czech---customize the group
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1747 @samp{tildify} for other languages or for other sorts of markup.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1748 @end ignore
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1749
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1750 @cindex Ref@TeX{} package
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1751 @cindex references, La@TeX{}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1752 @cindex La@TeX{} references
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1753 For managing all kinds of references for La@TeX{}, you can use
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1754 Ref@TeX{}. @inforef{Top,, reftex}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1755
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1756 @node HTML Mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1757 @section SGML, XML, and HTML Modes
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1758
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1759 The major modes for SGML and HTML include indentation support and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1760 commands to operate on tags. This section describes the special
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1761 commands of these modes. (HTML mode is a slightly customized variant
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1762 of SGML mode.)
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1763
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1764 @table @kbd
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1765 @item C-c C-n
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1766 @kindex C-c C-n @r{(SGML mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1767 @findex sgml-name-char
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1768 Interactively specify a special character and insert the SGML
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1769 @samp{&}-command for that character.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1770
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1771 @item C-c C-t
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1772 @kindex C-c C-t @r{(SGML mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1773 @findex sgml-tag
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1774 Interactively specify a tag and its attributes (@code{sgml-tag}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1775 This command asks you for a tag name and for the attribute values,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1776 then inserts both the opening tag and the closing tag, leaving point
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1777 between them.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1778
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1779 With a prefix argument @var{n}, the command puts the tag around the
93359
8e219ad08f96 (Words, Pages, Fill Commands, HTML Mode): Describe
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 87903
diff changeset
1780 @var{n} words already present in the buffer after point. Whenever a
8e219ad08f96 (Words, Pages, Fill Commands, HTML Mode): Describe
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 87903
diff changeset
1781 region is active, it puts the tag around the region (when Transient
8e219ad08f96 (Words, Pages, Fill Commands, HTML Mode): Describe
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 87903
diff changeset
1782 Mark mode is off, it does this when a numeric argument of @minus{}1 is
8e219ad08f96 (Words, Pages, Fill Commands, HTML Mode): Describe
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 87903
diff changeset
1783 supplied.)
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1784
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1785 @item C-c C-a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1786 @kindex C-c C-a @r{(SGML mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1787 @findex sgml-attributes
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1788 Interactively insert attribute values for the current tag
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1789 (@code{sgml-attributes}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1790
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1791 @item C-c C-f
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1792 @kindex C-c C-f @r{(SGML mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1793 @findex sgml-skip-tag-forward
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1794 Skip across a balanced tag group (which extends from an opening tag
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1795 through its corresponding closing tag) (@code{sgml-skip-tag-forward}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1796 A numeric argument acts as a repeat count.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1797
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1798 @item C-c C-b
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1799 @kindex C-c C-b @r{(SGML mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1800 @findex sgml-skip-tag-backward
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1801 Skip backward across a balanced tag group (which extends from an
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1802 opening tag through its corresponding closing tag)
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1803 (@code{sgml-skip-tag-forward}). A numeric argument acts as a repeat
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1804 count.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1805
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1806 @item C-c C-d
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1807 @kindex C-c C-d @r{(SGML mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1808 @findex sgml-delete-tag
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1809 Delete the tag at or after point, and delete the matching tag too
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1810 (@code{sgml-delete-tag}). If the tag at or after point is an opening
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1811 tag, delete the closing tag too; if it is a closing tag, delete the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1812 opening tag too.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1813
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1814 @item C-c ? @var{tag} @key{RET}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1815 @kindex C-c ? @r{(SGML mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1816 @findex sgml-tag-help
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1817 Display a description of the meaning of tag @var{tag}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1818 (@code{sgml-tag-help}). If the argument @var{tag} is empty, describe
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1819 the tag at point.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1820
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1821 @item C-c /
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1822 @kindex C-c / @r{(SGML mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1823 @findex sgml-close-tag
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1824 Insert a close tag for the innermost unterminated tag
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1825 (@code{sgml-close-tag}). If called from within a tag or a comment,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1826 close this element instead of inserting a close tag.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1827
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1828 @item C-c 8
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1829 @kindex C-c 8 @r{(SGML mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1830 @findex sgml-name-8bit-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1831 Toggle a minor mode in which Latin-1 characters insert the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1832 corresponding SGML commands that stand for them, instead of the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1833 characters themselves (@code{sgml-name-8bit-mode}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1834
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1835 @item C-c C-v
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1836 @kindex C-c C-v @r{(SGML mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1837 @findex sgml-validate
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1838 Run a shell command (which you must specify) to validate the current
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1839 buffer as SGML (@code{sgml-validate}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1840
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1841 @item C-c TAB
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1842 @kindex C-c TAB @r{(SGML mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1843 @findex sgml-tags-invisible
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1844 Toggle the visibility of existing tags in the buffer. This can be
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1845 used as a cheap preview.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1846 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1847
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1848 @vindex sgml-xml-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1849 SGML mode and HTML mode support XML also. In XML, every opening tag
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1850 must have an explicit closing tag. When @code{sgml-xml-mode} is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1851 non-@code{nil}, SGML mode and HTML mode always insert explicit
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1852 closing tags. When you visit a file, these modes determine from the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1853 file contents whether it is XML or not, and set @code{sgml-xml-mode}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1854 accordingly, so that they do the right thing for the file in either
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1855 case.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1856
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1857 @node Nroff Mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1858 @section Nroff Mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1859
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1860 @cindex nroff
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1861 @findex nroff-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1862 Nroff mode is a mode like Text mode but modified to handle nroff commands
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1863 present in the text. Invoke @kbd{M-x nroff-mode} to enter this mode. It
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1864 differs from Text mode in only a few ways. All nroff command lines are
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1865 considered paragraph separators, so that filling will never garble the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1866 nroff commands. Pages are separated by @samp{.bp} commands. Comments
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1867 start with backslash-doublequote. Also, three special commands are
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1868 provided that are not in Text mode:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1869
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1870 @findex forward-text-line
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1871 @findex backward-text-line
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1872 @findex count-text-lines
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1873 @kindex M-n @r{(Nroff mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1874 @kindex M-p @r{(Nroff mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1875 @kindex M-? @r{(Nroff mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1876 @table @kbd
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1877 @item M-n
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1878 Move to the beginning of the next line that isn't an nroff command
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1879 (@code{forward-text-line}). An argument is a repeat count.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1880 @item M-p
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1881 Like @kbd{M-n} but move up (@code{backward-text-line}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1882 @item M-?
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1883 Displays in the echo area the number of text lines (lines that are not
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1884 nroff commands) in the region (@code{count-text-lines}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1885 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1886
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1887 @findex electric-nroff-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1888 The other feature of Nroff mode is that you can turn on Electric Nroff
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1889 mode. This is a minor mode that you can turn on or off with @kbd{M-x
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1890 electric-nroff-mode} (@pxref{Minor Modes}). When the mode is on, each
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1891 time you use @key{RET} to end a line that contains an nroff command that
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1892 opens a kind of grouping, the matching nroff command to close that
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1893 grouping is automatically inserted on the following line. For example,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1894 if you are at the beginning of a line and type @kbd{.@: ( b @key{RET}},
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1895 this inserts the matching command @samp{.)b} on a new line following
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1896 point.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1897
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1898 If you use Outline minor mode with Nroff mode (@pxref{Outline Mode}),
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1899 heading lines are lines of the form @samp{.H} followed by a number (the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1900 header level).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1901
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1902 @vindex nroff-mode-hook
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1903 Entering Nroff mode runs the hook @code{text-mode-hook}, followed by
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1904 the hook @code{nroff-mode-hook} (@pxref{Hooks}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1905
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1906 @node Formatted Text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1907 @section Editing Formatted Text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1908
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1909 @cindex Enriched mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1910 @cindex mode, Enriched
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1911 @cindex formatted text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1912 @cindex WYSIWYG
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1913 @cindex word processing
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1914 @dfn{Enriched mode} is a minor mode for editing files that contain
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1915 formatted text in WYSIWYG fashion, as in a word processor. Currently,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1916 formatted text in Enriched mode can specify fonts, colors, underlining,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1917 margins, and types of filling and justification. In the future, we plan
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1918 to implement other formatting features as well.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1919
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1920 Enriched mode is a minor mode (@pxref{Minor Modes}). It is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1921 typically used in conjunction with Text mode (@pxref{Text Mode}), but
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1922 you can also use it with other major modes such as Outline mode and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1923 Paragraph-Indent Text mode.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1924
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1925 @cindex text/enriched MIME format
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1926 Potentially, Emacs can store formatted text files in various file
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1927 formats. Currently, only one format is implemented: @dfn{text/enriched}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1928 format, which is defined by the MIME protocol. @xref{Format
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1929 Conversion,, Format Conversion, elisp, the Emacs Lisp Reference Manual},
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1930 for details of how Emacs recognizes and converts file formats.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1931
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1932 The Emacs distribution contains a formatted text file that can serve as
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1933 an example. Its name is @file{etc/enriched.doc}. It contains samples
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1934 illustrating all the features described in this section. It also
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1935 contains a list of ideas for future enhancements.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1936
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1937 @menu
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1938 * Requesting Formatted Text:: Entering and exiting Enriched mode.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1939 * Hard and Soft Newlines:: There are two different kinds of newlines.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1940 * Editing Format Info:: How to edit text properties.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1941 * Faces: Format Faces. Bold, italic, underline, etc.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1942 * Color: Format Colors. Changing the color of text.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1943 * Indent: Format Indentation. Changing the left and right margins.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1944 * Justification: Format Justification.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1945 Centering, setting text flush with the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1946 left or right margin, etc.
87453
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
1947 * Special: Format Properties. The "special" text properties submenu.
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1948 * Forcing Enriched Mode:: How to force use of Enriched mode.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1949 @end menu
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1950
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1951 @node Requesting Formatted Text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1952 @subsection Requesting to Edit Formatted Text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1953
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1954 Whenever you visit a file that Emacs saved in the text/enriched
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1955 format, Emacs automatically converts the formatting information in the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1956 file into Emacs's own internal format (known as @dfn{text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1957 properties}), and turns on Enriched mode.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1958
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1959 @findex enriched-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1960 To create a new file of formatted text, first visit the nonexistent
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1961 file, then type @kbd{M-x enriched-mode} before you start inserting text.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1962 This command turns on Enriched mode. Do this before you begin inserting
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1963 text, to ensure that the text you insert is handled properly.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1964
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1965 More generally, the command @code{enriched-mode} turns Enriched mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1966 on if it was off, and off if it was on. With a prefix argument, this
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1967 command turns Enriched mode on if the argument is positive, and turns
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1968 the mode off otherwise.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1969
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1970 When you save a buffer while Enriched mode is enabled in it, Emacs
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1971 automatically converts the text to text/enriched format while writing it
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1972 into the file. When you visit the file again, Emacs will automatically
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1973 recognize the format, reconvert the text, and turn on Enriched mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1974 again.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1975
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1976 @vindex enriched-translations
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1977 You can add annotations for saving additional text properties, which
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1978 Emacs normally does not save, by adding to @code{enriched-translations}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1979 Note that the text/enriched standard requires any non-standard
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1980 annotations to have names starting with @samp{x-}, as in
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1981 @samp{x-read-only}. This ensures that they will not conflict with
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1982 standard annotations that may be added later.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1983
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1984 @xref{Text Properties,,, elisp, the Emacs Lisp Reference Manual},
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1985 for more information about text properties.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1986
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1987 @node Hard and Soft Newlines
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1988 @subsection Hard and Soft Newlines
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1989 @cindex hard newline
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1990 @cindex soft newline
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1991 @cindex newlines, hard and soft
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1992
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1993 @cindex use-hard-newlines
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1994 In formatted text, Emacs distinguishes between two different kinds of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1995 newlines, @dfn{hard} newlines and @dfn{soft} newlines. (You can enable
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1996 or disable this feature separately in any buffer with the command
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1997 @code{use-hard-newlines}.)
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1998
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1999 Hard newlines are used to separate paragraphs, or items in a list, or
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2000 anywhere that there should always be a line break regardless of the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2001 margins. The @key{RET} command (@code{newline}) and @kbd{C-o}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2002 (@code{open-line}) insert hard newlines.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2003
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2004 Soft newlines are used to make text fit between the margins. All the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2005 fill commands, including Auto Fill, insert soft newlines---and they
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2006 delete only soft newlines.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2007
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2008 Although hard and soft newlines look the same, it is important to bear
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2009 the difference in mind. Do not use @key{RET} to break lines in the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2010 middle of filled paragraphs, or else you will get hard newlines that are
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2011 barriers to further filling. Instead, let Auto Fill mode break lines,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2012 so that if the text or the margins change, Emacs can refill the lines
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2013 properly. @xref{Auto Fill}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2014
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2015 On the other hand, in tables and lists, where the lines should always
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2016 remain as you type them, you can use @key{RET} to end lines. For these
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2017 lines, you may also want to set the justification style to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2018 @code{unfilled}. @xref{Format Justification}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2019
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2020 @node Editing Format Info
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2021 @subsection Editing Format Information
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2022
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2023 There are two ways to alter the formatting information for a formatted
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2024 text file: with keyboard commands, and with the mouse.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2025
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2026 The easiest way to add properties to your document is with the Text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2027 Properties menu. You can get to this menu in two ways: from the Edit
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2028 menu in the menu bar (use @kbd{@key{F10} e t} if you have no mouse),
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2029 or with @kbd{C-Mouse-2} (hold the @key{CTRL} key and press the middle
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2030 mouse button). There are also keyboard commands described in the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2031 following section.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2032
87453
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2033 These items in the Text Properties menu run commands directly:
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2034
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2035 @table @code
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2036 @findex facemenu-remove-face-props
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2037 @item Remove Face Properties
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2038 Delete from the region all face and color text properties
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2039 (@code{facemenu-remove-face-props}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2040
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2041 @findex facemenu-remove-all
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2042 @item Remove Text Properties
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2043 Delete @emph{all} text properties from the region
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2044 (@code{facemenu-remove-all}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2045
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2046 @findex describe-text-properties
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2047 @cindex text properties of characters
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2048 @cindex overlays at character position
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2049 @cindex widgets at buffer position
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2050 @cindex buttons at buffer position
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2051 @item Describe Properties
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2052 List all the text properties, widgets, buttons, and overlays of the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2053 character following point (@code{describe-text-properties}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2054
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2055 @item Display Faces
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2056 Display a list of all the defined faces (@code{list-faces-display}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2057
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2058 @item Display Colors
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2059 Display a list of all the defined colors (@code{list-colors-display}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2060 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2061
87453
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2062 @ifinfo
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2063 Other items in the Text Properties menu lead to submenus:
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2064
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2065 @menu
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2066 * Faces: Format Faces. Bold, italic, underline, etc.
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2067 * Color: Format Colors. Changing the color of text.
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2068 * Indent: Format Indentation. Changing the left and right margins.
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2069 * Justification: Format Justification.
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2070 Centering, setting text flush with the
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2071 left or right margin, etc.
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2072 * Special: Format Properties. The "special" text properties submenu.
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2073 @end menu
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2074 @end ifinfo
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2075 @ifnotinfo
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2076 The rest lead to submenus which are described in the following sections.
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2077 @end ifnotinfo
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2078
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2079 @node Format Faces
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2080 @subsection Faces in Formatted Text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2081
87453
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2082 The Faces submenu under Text Properties lists various Emacs faces
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2083 including @code{bold}, @code{italic}, and @code{underline}
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2084 (@pxref{Faces}). These menu items operate on the region if it is
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2085 active and nonempty. Otherwise, they specify to use that face for an
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2086 immediately following self-inserting character. There is also an item
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2087 @samp{Other} with which you can enter a face name through the
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2088 minibuffer (@pxref{Standard Faces}).
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2089
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2090 Instead of the Faces submenu, you can use these keyboard commands:
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2091
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2092 @table @kbd
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2093 @kindex M-o d @r{(Enriched mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2094 @findex facemenu-set-default
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2095 @item M-o d
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2096 Remove all @code{face} properties from the region (which includes
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2097 specified colors), or force the following inserted character to have no
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2098 @code{face} property (@code{facemenu-set-default}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2099 @kindex M-o b @r{(Enriched mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2100 @findex facemenu-set-bold
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2101 @item M-o b
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2102 Add the face @code{bold} to the region or to the following inserted
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2103 character (@code{facemenu-set-bold}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2104 @kindex M-o i @r{(Enriched mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2105 @findex facemenu-set-italic
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2106 @item M-o i
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2107 Add the face @code{italic} to the region or to the following inserted
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2108 character (@code{facemenu-set-italic}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2109 @kindex M-o l @r{(Enriched mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2110 @findex facemenu-set-bold-italic
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2111 @item M-o l
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2112 Add the face @code{bold-italic} to the region or to the following
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2113 inserted character (@code{facemenu-set-bold-italic}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2114 @kindex M-o u @r{(Enriched mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2115 @findex facemenu-set-underline
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2116 @item M-o u
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2117 Add the face @code{underline} to the region or to the following inserted
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2118 character (@code{facemenu-set-underline}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2119 @kindex M-o o @r{(Enriched mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2120 @findex facemenu-set-face
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2121 @item M-o o @var{face} @key{RET}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2122 Add the face @var{face} to the region or to the following inserted
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2123 character (@code{facemenu-set-face}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2124 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2125
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2126 With a prefix argument, all these commands apply to an immediately
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2127 following self-inserting character, disregarding the region.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2128
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2129 A self-inserting character normally inherits the @code{face}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2130 property (and most other text properties) from the preceding character
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2131 in the buffer. If you use the above commands to specify face for the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2132 next self-inserting character, or the next section's commands to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2133 specify a foreground or background color for it, then it does not
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2134 inherit the @code{face} property from the preceding character; instead
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2135 it uses whatever you specified. It will still inherit other text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2136 properties, though.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2137
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2138 Strictly speaking, these commands apply only to the first following
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2139 self-inserting character that you type. But if you insert additional
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2140 characters after it, they will inherit from the first one. So it
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2141 appears that these commands apply to all of them.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2142
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2143 Enriched mode defines two additional faces: @code{excerpt} and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2144 @code{fixed}. These correspond to codes used in the text/enriched file
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2145 format.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2146
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2147 The @code{excerpt} face is intended for quotations. This face is the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2148 same as @code{italic} unless you customize it (@pxref{Face Customization}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2149
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2150 The @code{fixed} face means, ``Use a fixed-width font for this part
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2151 of the text.'' Applying the @code{fixed} face to a part of the text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2152 will cause that part of the text to appear in a fixed-width font, even
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2153 if the default font is variable-width. This applies to Emacs and to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2154 other systems that display text/enriched format. So if you
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2155 specifically want a certain part of the text to use a fixed-width
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2156 font, you should specify the @code{fixed} face for that part.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2157
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2158 By default, the @code{fixed} face looks the same as @code{bold}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2159 This is an attempt to distinguish it from @code{default}. You may
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2160 wish to customize @code{fixed} to some other fixed-width medium font.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2161 @xref{Face Customization}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2162
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2163 If your terminal cannot display different faces, you will not be
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2164 able to see them, but you can still edit documents containing faces,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2165 and even add faces and colors to documents. The faces you specify
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2166 will be visible when the file is viewed on a terminal that can display
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2167 them.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2168
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2169 @node Format Colors
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2170 @subsection Colors in Formatted Text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2171
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2172 You can specify foreground and background colors for portions of the
93359
8e219ad08f96 (Words, Pages, Fill Commands, HTML Mode): Describe
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 87903
diff changeset
2173 text. Under Text Properties, there is a submenu for specifying the
87453
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2174 foreground color, and a submenu for specifying the background color.
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2175 Each one lists all the colors that you have used in Enriched mode in
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2176 the current Emacs session.
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2177
93359
8e219ad08f96 (Words, Pages, Fill Commands, HTML Mode): Describe
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 87903
diff changeset
2178 If the region is active, the command applies to the text in the
8e219ad08f96 (Words, Pages, Fill Commands, HTML Mode): Describe
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 87903
diff changeset
2179 region; otherwise, it applies to any immediately following
8e219ad08f96 (Words, Pages, Fill Commands, HTML Mode): Describe
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 87903
diff changeset
2180 self-inserting input. When Transient Mark mode is off
8e219ad08f96 (Words, Pages, Fill Commands, HTML Mode): Describe
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 87903
diff changeset
2181 (@pxref{Persistent Mark}), it always applies to the region unless a
8e219ad08f96 (Words, Pages, Fill Commands, HTML Mode): Describe
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 87903
diff changeset
2182 prefix argument is given, in which case it applies to the following
8e219ad08f96 (Words, Pages, Fill Commands, HTML Mode): Describe
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents: 87903
diff changeset
2183 input.
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2184
87453
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2185 Each of the two color submenus contains one additional item:
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2186 @samp{Other}. You can use this item to specify a color that is not
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2187 listed in the menu; it reads the color name with the minibuffer. To
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2188 display a list of available colors and their names, use the
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2189 @samp{Display Colors} menu item in the Text Properties menu
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2190 (@pxref{Editing Format Info}).
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2191
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2192 Any color that you specify in this way, or that is mentioned in a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2193 formatted text file that you read in, is added to the corresponding
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2194 color menu for the duration of the Emacs session.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2195
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2196 @findex facemenu-set-foreground
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2197 @findex facemenu-set-background
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2198 There are no predefined key bindings for specifying colors, but you can do so
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2199 with the extended commands @kbd{M-x facemenu-set-foreground} and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2200 @kbd{M-x facemenu-set-background}. Both of these commands read the name
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2201 of the color with the minibuffer.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2202
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2203 @node Format Indentation
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2204 @subsection Indentation in Formatted Text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2205
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2206 When editing formatted text, you can specify different amounts of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2207 indentation for the right or left margin of an entire paragraph or a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2208 part of a paragraph. The margins you specify automatically affect the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2209 Emacs fill commands (@pxref{Filling}) and line-breaking commands.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2210
87453
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2211 The Indentation submenu of Text Properties provides a convenient
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2212 interface for specifying these properties. The submenu contains four
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2213 items:
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2214
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2215 @table @code
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2216 @kindex C-x TAB @r{(Enriched mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2217 @findex increase-left-margin
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2218 @item Indent More
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2219 Indent the region by 4 columns (@code{increase-left-margin}). In
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2220 Enriched mode, this command is also available on @kbd{C-x @key{TAB}}; if
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2221 you supply a numeric argument, that says how many columns to add to the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2222 margin (a negative argument reduces the number of columns).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2223
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2224 @item Indent Less
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2225 Remove 4 columns of indentation from the region.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2226
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2227 @item Indent Right More
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2228 Make the text narrower by indenting 4 columns at the right margin.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2229
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2230 @item Indent Right Less
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2231 Remove 4 columns of indentation from the right margin.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2232 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2233
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2234 You can use these commands repeatedly to increase or decrease the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2235 indentation.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2236
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2237 The most common way to use them is to change the indentation of an
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2238 entire paragraph. For other uses, the effects of refilling can be
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2239 hard to predict, except in some special cases like the one described
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2240 next.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2241
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2242 The most common other use is to format paragraphs with @dfn{hanging
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2243 indents}, which means that the first line is indented less than
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2244 subsequent lines. To set up a hanging indent, increase the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2245 indentation of the region starting after the first word of the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2246 paragraph and running until the end of the paragraph.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2247
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2248 Indenting the first line of a paragraph is easier. Set the margin for
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2249 the whole paragraph where you want it to be for the body of the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2250 paragraph, then indent the first line by inserting extra spaces or tabs.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2251
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2252 @vindex standard-indent
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2253 The variable @code{standard-indent} specifies how many columns these
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2254 commands should add to or subtract from the indentation. The default
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2255 value is 4. The overall default right margin for Enriched mode is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2256 controlled by the variable @code{fill-column}, as usual.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2257
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2258 @kindex C-c [ @r{(Enriched mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2259 @kindex C-c ] @r{(Enriched mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2260 @findex set-left-margin
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2261 @findex set-right-margin
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2262 There are also two commands for setting the left or right margin of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2263 the region absolutely: @code{set-left-margin} and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2264 @code{set-right-margin}. Enriched mode binds these commands to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2265 @kbd{C-c [} and @kbd{C-c ]}, respectively. You can specify the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2266 margin width either with a numeric argument or in the minibuffer.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2267
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2268 Sometimes, as a result of editing, the filling of a paragraph becomes
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2269 messed up---parts of the paragraph may extend past the left or right
85380
3400b26060b4 (Fill Commands): Undocument fill-paragraph-or-region.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents: 85076
diff changeset
2270 margins. When this happens, use @kbd{M-q} (@code{fill-paragraph}) to
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2271 refill the paragraph.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2272
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2273 The fill prefix, if any, works in addition to the specified paragraph
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2274 indentation: @kbd{C-x .} does not include the specified indentation's
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2275 whitespace in the new value for the fill prefix, and the fill commands
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2276 look for the fill prefix after the indentation on each line. @xref{Fill
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2277 Prefix}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2278
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2279 @node Format Justification
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2280 @subsection Justification in Formatted Text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2281
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2282 When editing formatted text, you can specify various styles of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2283 justification for a paragraph. The style you specify automatically
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2284 affects the Emacs fill commands.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2285
87453
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2286 The Justification submenu of Text Properties provides a convenient
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2287 interface for specifying the style. The submenu contains five items:
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2288
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2289 @table @code
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2290 @item Left
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2291 This is the most common style of justification (at least for English).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2292 Lines are aligned at the left margin but left uneven at the right.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2293
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2294 @item Right
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2295 This aligns each line with the right margin. Spaces and tabs are added
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2296 on the left, if necessary, to make lines line up on the right.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2297
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2298 @item Full
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2299 This justifies the text, aligning both edges of each line. Justified
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2300 text looks very nice in a printed book, where the spaces can all be
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2301 adjusted equally, but it does not look as nice with a fixed-width font
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2302 on the screen. Perhaps a future version of Emacs will be able to adjust
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2303 the width of spaces in a line to achieve elegant justification.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2304
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2305 @item Center
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2306 This centers every line between the current margins.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2307
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2308 @item Unfilled
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2309 This turns off filling entirely. Each line will remain as you wrote it;
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2310 the fill and auto-fill functions will have no effect on text which has
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2311 this setting. You can, however, still indent the left margin. In
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2312 unfilled regions, all newlines are treated as hard newlines (@pxref{Hard
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2313 and Soft Newlines}) .
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2314 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2315
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2316 In Enriched mode, you can also specify justification from the keyboard
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2317 using the @kbd{M-j} prefix character:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2318
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2319 @table @kbd
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2320 @kindex M-j l @r{(Enriched mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2321 @findex set-justification-left
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2322 @item M-j l
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2323 Make the region left-filled (@code{set-justification-left}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2324 @kindex M-j r @r{(Enriched mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2325 @findex set-justification-right
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2326 @item M-j r
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2327 Make the region right-filled (@code{set-justification-right}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2328 @kindex M-j b @r{(Enriched mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2329 @findex set-justification-full
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2330 @item M-j b
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2331 Make the region fully justified (@code{set-justification-full}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2332 @kindex M-j c @r{(Enriched mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2333 @kindex M-S @r{(Enriched mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2334 @findex set-justification-center
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2335 @item M-j c
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2336 @itemx M-S
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2337 Make the region centered (@code{set-justification-center}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2338 @kindex M-j u @r{(Enriched mode)}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2339 @findex set-justification-none
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2340 @item M-j u
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2341 Make the region unfilled (@code{set-justification-none}).
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2342 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2343
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2344 Justification styles apply to entire paragraphs. All the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2345 justification-changing commands operate on the paragraph containing
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2346 point, or, if the region is active, on all paragraphs which overlap the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2347 region.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2348
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2349 @vindex default-justification
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2350 The default justification style is specified by the variable
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2351 @code{default-justification}. Its value should be one of the symbols
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2352 @code{left}, @code{right}, @code{full}, @code{center}, or @code{none}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2353 This is a per-buffer variable. Setting the variable directly affects
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2354 only the current buffer. However, customizing it in a Custom buffer
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2355 sets (as always) the default value for buffers that do not override it.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2356 @xref{Locals}, and @ref{Easy Customization}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2357
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2358 @node Format Properties
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2359 @subsection Setting Other Text Properties
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2360
87453
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2361 The Special Properties submenu of Text Properties can add or remove
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2362 three other useful text properties: @code{read-only}, @code{invisible}
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2363 and @code{intangible}. The @code{intangible} property disallows
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2364 moving point within the text, the @code{invisible} text property hides
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2365 text from display, and the @code{read-only} property disallows
cdd30283527d Merge from emacs--rel--22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 85380
diff changeset
2366 alteration of the text.
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2367
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2368 Each of these special properties has a menu item to add it to the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2369 region. The last menu item, @samp{Remove Special}, removes all of these
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2370 special properties from the text in the region.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2371
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2372 Currently, the @code{invisible} and @code{intangible} properties are
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2373 @emph{not} saved in the text/enriched format. The @code{read-only}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2374 property is saved, but it is not a standard part of the text/enriched
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2375 format, so other editors may not respect it.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2376
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2377 @node Forcing Enriched Mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2378 @subsection Forcing Enriched Mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2379
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2380 Normally, Emacs knows when you are editing formatted text because it
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2381 recognizes the special annotations used in the file that you visited.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2382 However, sometimes you must take special actions to convert file
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2383 contents or turn on Enriched mode:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2384
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2385 @itemize @bullet
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2386 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2387 When you visit a file that was created with some other editor, Emacs may
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2388 not recognize the file as being in the text/enriched format. In this
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2389 case, when you visit the file you will see the formatting commands
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2390 rather than the formatted text. Type @kbd{M-x format-decode-buffer} to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2391 translate it. This also automatically turns on Enriched mode.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2392
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2393 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2394 When you @emph{insert} a file into a buffer, rather than visiting it,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2395 Emacs does the necessary conversions on the text which you insert, but
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2396 it does not enable Enriched mode. If you wish to do that, type @kbd{M-x
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2397 enriched-mode}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2398 @end itemize
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2399
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2400 The command @code{format-decode-buffer} translates text in various
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2401 formats into Emacs's internal format. It asks you to specify the format
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2402 to translate from; however, normally you can type just @key{RET}, which
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2403 tells Emacs to guess the format.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2404
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2405 @findex format-find-file
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2406 If you wish to look at a text/enriched file in its raw form, as a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2407 sequence of characters rather than as formatted text, use the @kbd{M-x
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2408 find-file-literally} command. This visits a file, like
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2409 @code{find-file}, but does not do format conversion. It also inhibits
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2410 character code conversion (@pxref{Coding Systems}) and automatic
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2411 uncompression (@pxref{Compressed Files}). To disable format conversion
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2412 but allow character code conversion and/or automatic uncompression if
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2413 appropriate, use @code{format-find-file} with suitable arguments.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2414
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2415 @node Text Based Tables
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2416 @section Editing Text-based Tables
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2417 @cindex table mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2418 @cindex text-based tables
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2419
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2420 Table mode provides an easy and intuitive way to create and edit WYSIWYG
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2421 text-based tables. Here is an example of such a table:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2422
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2423 @smallexample
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2424 @group
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2425 +-----------------+--------------------------------+-----------------+
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2426 | Command | Description | Key Binding |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2427 +-----------------+--------------------------------+-----------------+
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2428 | forward-char |Move point right N characters | C-f |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2429 | |(left if N is negative). | |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2430 | | | |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2431 | |On reaching end of buffer, stop | |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2432 | |and signal error. | |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2433 +-----------------+--------------------------------+-----------------+
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2434 | backward-char |Move point left N characters | C-b |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2435 | |(right if N is negative). | |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2436 | | | |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2437 | |On attempt to pass beginning or | |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2438 | |end of buffer, stop and signal | |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2439 | |error. | |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2440 +-----------------+--------------------------------+-----------------+
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2441 @end group
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2442 @end smallexample
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2443
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2444 Table mode allows the contents of the table such as this one to be
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2445 easily manipulated by inserting or deleting characters inside a cell.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2446 A cell is effectively a localized rectangular edit region and edits to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2447 a cell do not affect the contents of the surrounding cells. If the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2448 contents do not fit into a cell, then the cell is automatically
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2449 expanded in the vertical and/or horizontal directions and the rest of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2450 the table is restructured and reformatted in accordance with the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2451 growth of the cell.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2452
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2453 @menu
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2454 * Table Definition:: What is a text based table.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2455 * Table Creation:: How to create a table.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2456 * Table Recognition:: How to activate and deactivate tables.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2457 * Cell Commands:: Cell-oriented commands in a table.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2458 * Cell Justification:: Justifying cell contents.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2459 * Row Commands:: Manipulating rows of table cell.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2460 * Column Commands:: Manipulating columns of table cell.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2461 * Fixed Width Mode:: Fixing cell width.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2462 * Table Conversion:: Converting between plain text and tables.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2463 * Measuring Tables:: Analyzing table dimension.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2464 * Table Misc:: Table miscellany.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2465 @end menu
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2466
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2467 @node Table Definition
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2468 @subsection What is a Text-based Table?
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2469
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2470 Keep the following examples of valid tables in mind as a reference
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2471 while you read this section:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2472
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2473 @example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2474 +--+----+---+ +-+ +--+-----+
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2475 | | | | | | | | |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2476 +--+----+---+ +-+ | +--+--+
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2477 | | | | | | | |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2478 +--+----+---+ +--+--+ |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2479 | | |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2480 +-----+--+
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2481 @end example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2482
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2483 A table consists of a rectangular frame whose inside is divided into
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2484 cells. Each cell must be at least one character wide and one
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2485 character high, not counting its border lines. A cell can be
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2486 subdivided into multiple rectangular cells, but cells cannot overlap.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2487
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2488 The table frame and cell border lines are made of three special
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2489 characters. These variables specify those characters:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2490
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2491 @table @code
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2492 @vindex table-cell-vertical-char
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2493 @item table-cell-vertical-char
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2494 Holds the character used for vertical lines. The default value is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2495 @samp{|}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2496
94298
a1cb952a12ac Replace table-cell-horizontal-char -> table-cell-horizontal-chars.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 93359
diff changeset
2497 @vindex table-cell-horizontal-chars
a1cb952a12ac Replace table-cell-horizontal-char -> table-cell-horizontal-chars.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 93359
diff changeset
2498 @item table-cell-horizontal-chars
a1cb952a12ac Replace table-cell-horizontal-char -> table-cell-horizontal-chars.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 93359
diff changeset
2499 Holds the characters used for horizontal lines. The default value is
a1cb952a12ac Replace table-cell-horizontal-char -> table-cell-horizontal-chars.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 93359
diff changeset
2500 @samp{"-="}.
84268
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2501
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2502 @vindex table-cell-intersection-char
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2503 @item table-cell-intersection-char
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2504 Holds the character used at where horizontal line and vertical line
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2505 meet. The default value is @samp{+}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2506 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2507
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2508 @noindent
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2509 Based on this definition, the following five tables are examples of invalid
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2510 tables:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2511
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2512 @example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2513 +-----+ +-----+ +--+ +-++--+ ++
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2514 | | | | | | | || | ++
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2515 | +-+ | | | | | | || |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2516 | | | | +--+ | +--+--+ +-++--+
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2517 | +-+ | | | | | | | +-++--+
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2518 | | | | | | | | | || |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2519 +-----+ +--+--+ +--+--+ +-++--+
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2520 a b c d e
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2521 @end example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2522
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2523 From left to right:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2524
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2525 @enumerate a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2526 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2527 Overlapped cells or non-rectangular cells are not allowed.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2528 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2529 Same as a.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2530 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2531 The border must be rectangular.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2532 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2533 Cells must have a minimum width/height of one character.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2534 @item
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2535 Same as d.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2536 @end enumerate
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2537
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2538 @node Table Creation
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2539 @subsection How to Create a Table?
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2540 @cindex create a text-based table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2541 @cindex table creation
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2542
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2543 @findex table-insert
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2544 The command to create a table is @code{table-insert}. When called
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2545 interactively, it asks for the number of columns, number of rows, cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2546 width and cell height. The number of columns is the number of cells
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2547 horizontally side by side. The number of rows is the number of cells
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2548 vertically within the table's height. The cell width is a number of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2549 characters that each cell holds, left to right. The cell height is a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2550 number of lines each cell holds. The cell width and the cell height
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2551 can be either an integer (when the value is constant across the table)
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2552 or a series of integer, separated by spaces or commas, where each
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2553 number corresponds to the next cell within a row from left to right,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2554 or the next cell within a column from top to bottom.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2555
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2556 @node Table Recognition
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2557 @subsection Table Recognition
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2558 @cindex table recognition
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2559
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2560 @findex table-recognize
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2561 @findex table-unrecognize
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2562 Table mode maintains special text properties in the buffer to allow
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2563 editing in a convenient fashion. When a buffer with tables is saved
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2564 to its file, these text properties are lost, so when you visit this
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2565 file again later, Emacs does not see a table, but just formatted text.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2566 To resurrect the table text properties, issue the @kbd{M-x
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2567 table-recognize} command. It scans the current buffer, recognizes
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2568 valid table cells, and attaches appropriate text properties to allow
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2569 for table editing. The converse command, @code{table-unrecognize}, is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2570 used to remove the special text properties and convert the buffer back
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2571 to plain text.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2572
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2573 Special commands exist to enable or disable tables within a region,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2574 enable or disable individual tables, and enable/disable individual
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2575 cells. These commands are:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2576
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2577 @table @kbd
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2578 @findex table-recognize-region
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2579 @item M-x table-recognize-region
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2580 Recognize tables within the current region and activate them.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2581 @findex table-unrecognize-region
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2582 @item M-x table-unrecognize-region
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2583 Deactivate tables within the current region.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2584 @findex table-recognize-table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2585 @item M-x table-recognize-table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2586 Recognize the table under point and activate it.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2587 @findex table-unrecognize-table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2588 @item M-x table-unrecognize-table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2589 Deactivate the table under point.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2590 @findex table-recognize-cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2591 @item M-x table-recognize-cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2592 Recognize the cell under point and activate it.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2593 @findex table-unrecognize-cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2594 @item M-x table-unrecognize-cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2595 Deactivate the cell under point.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2596 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2597
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2598 For another way of converting text into tables, see @ref{Table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2599 Conversion}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2600
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2601 @node Cell Commands
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2602 @subsection Commands for Table Cells
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2603
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2604 @findex table-forward-cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2605 @findex table-backward-cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2606 The commands @code{table-forward-cell} and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2607 @code{table-backward-cell} move point from the current cell to an
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2608 adjacent cell forward and backward respectively. The order of the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2609 cells is cyclic: when point is in the last cell of a table, typing
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2610 @kbd{M-x table-forward-cell} moves to the first cell in the table.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2611 Likewise @kbd{M-x table-backward-cell} from the first cell in a table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2612 moves to the last cell.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2613
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2614 @findex table-span-cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2615 The command @code{table-span-cell} merges the current cell with the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2616 adjacent cell in a specified direction---right, left, above or below.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2617 You specify the direction with the minibuffer. It does not allow
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2618 merges which don't result in a legitimate cell layout.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2619
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2620 @findex table-split-cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2621 @cindex text-based tables, split a cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2622 @cindex split table cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2623 The command @code{table-split-cell} splits the current cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2624 vertically or horizontally. This command is a wrapper to the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2625 direction specific commands @code{table-split-cell-vertically} and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2626 @code{table-split-cell-horizontally}. You specify the direction with
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2627 a minibuffer argument.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2628
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2629 @findex table-split-cell-vertically
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2630 The command @code{table-split-cell-vertically} splits the current
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2631 cell vertically and creates a pair of cells above and below where
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2632 point is located. The content in the original cell is split as well.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2633
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2634 @findex table-split-cell-horizontally
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2635 The command @code{table-split-cell-horizontally} splits the current
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2636 cell horizontally and creates a pair of cells right and left of where
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2637 point is located. If the cell being split is not empty, this asks you
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2638 how to handle the cell contents. The three options are: @code{split},
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2639 @code{left}, or @code{right}. @code{split} splits the contents at
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2640 point literally, while the @code{left} and @code{right} options move
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2641 the entire contents into the left or right cell respectively.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2642
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2643 @cindex enlarge a table cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2644 @cindex shrink a table cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2645 The next four commands enlarge or shrink a cell. They use numeric
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2646 arguments (@pxref{Arguments}) to specify how many columns or rows to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2647 enlarge or shrink a particular table.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2648
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2649 @table @kbd
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2650 @findex table-heighten-cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2651 @item M-x table-heighten-cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2652 Enlarge the current cell vertically.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2653 @findex table-shorten-cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2654 @item M-x table-shorten-cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2655 Shrink the current cell vertically.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2656 @findex table-widen-cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2657 @item M-x table-widen-cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2658 Enlarge the current cell horizontally.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2659 @findex table-narrow-cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2660 @item M-x table-narrow-cell
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2661 Shrink the current cell horizontally.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2662 @end table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2663
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2664 @node Cell Justification
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2665 @subsection Cell Justification
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2666 @cindex cell text justification
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2667
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2668 You can specify text justification for each cell. The justification
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2669 is remembered independently for each cell and the subsequent editing
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2670 of cell contents is subject to the specified justification.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2671
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2672 @findex table-justify
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2673 The command @code{table-justify} ask you to specify what to justify:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2674 a cell, a column, or a row. If you select cell justification, this
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2675 command sets the justification only for the current cell. Selecting
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2676 column or row justification sets the justification for all the cells
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2677 within a column or row respectively. The command then ask you which
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2678 kind of justification to apply: @code{left}, @code{center},
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2679 @code{right}, @code{top}, @code{middle}, @code{bottom}, or
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2680 @code{none}. Horizontal justification and vertical justification are
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2681 specified independently. The options @code{left}, @code{center}, and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2682 @code{right} specify horizontal justification while the options
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2683 @code{top}, @code{middle}, @code{bottom}, and @code{none} specify
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2684 vertical justification. The vertical justification @code{none}
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2685 effectively removes vertical justification. Horizontal justification
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2686 must be one of @code{left}, @code{center}, or @code{right}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2687
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2688 @vindex table-detect-cell-alignment
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2689 Justification information is stored in the buffer as a part of text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2690 property. Therefore, this information is ephemeral and does not
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2691 survive through the loss of the buffer (closing the buffer and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2692 revisiting the buffer erase any previous text properties). To
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2693 countermand for this, the command @code{table-recognize} and other
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2694 recognition commands (@pxref{Table Recognition}) are equipped with a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2695 convenience feature (turned on by default). During table recognition,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2696 the contents of a cell are examined to determine which justification
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2697 was originally applied to the cell and then applies this justification
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2698 to the cell. This is a speculative algorithm and is therefore not
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2699 perfect, however, the justification is deduced correctly most of the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2700 time. To disable this feature, customize the variable
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2701 @code{table-detect-cell-alignment} and set it to @code{nil}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2702
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2703 @node Row Commands
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2704 @subsection Commands for Table Rows
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2705 @cindex table row commands
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2706
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2707 @cindex insert row in table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2708 @findex table-insert-row
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2709 The command @code{table-insert-row} inserts a row of cells before
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2710 the current row in a table. The current row where point is located is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2711 pushed down after the newly inserted row. A numeric prefix argument
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2712 specifies the number of rows to insert. Note that in order to insert
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2713 rows @emph{after} the last row at the bottom of a table, you must
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2714 place point below the table---that is, outside the table---prior to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2715 invoking this command.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2716
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2717 @cindex delete row in table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2718 @findex table-delete-row
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2719 The command @code{table-delete-row} deletes a row of cells at point.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2720 A numeric prefix argument specifies the number of rows to delete.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2721
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2722 @node Column Commands
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2723 @subsection Commands for Table Columns
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2724 @cindex table column commands
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2725
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2726 @cindex insert column in table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2727 @findex table-insert-column
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2728 The command @code{table-insert-column} inserts a column of cells to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2729 the left of the current row in a table. This pushes the current
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2730 column to the right. To insert a column to the right side of the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2731 rightmost column, place point to the right of the rightmost column,
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2732 which is outside of the table, prior to invoking this command. A
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2733 numeric prefix argument specifies the number of columns to insert.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2734
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2735 @cindex delete column in table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2736 A command @code{table-delete-column} deletes a column of cells at
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2737 point. A numeric prefix argument specifies the number of columns to
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2738 delete.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2739
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2740 @node Fixed Width Mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2741 @subsection Fix Width of Cells
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2742 @cindex fix width of table cells
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2743
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2744 @findex table-fixed-width-mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2745 The command @code{table-fixed-width-mode} toggles fixed width mode
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2746 on and off. When fixed width mode is turned on, editing inside a
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2747 cell never changes the cell width; when it is off, the cell width
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2748 expands automatically in order to prevent a word from being folded
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2749 into multiple lines. By default, fixed width mode is disabled.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2750
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2751 @node Table Conversion
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2752 @subsection Conversion Between Plain Text and Tables
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2753 @cindex text to table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2754 @cindex table to text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2755
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2756 @findex table-capture
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2757 The command @code{table-capture} captures plain text in a region and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2758 turns it into a table. Unlike @code{table-recognize} (@pxref{Table
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2759 Recognition}), the original text does not have a table appearance but
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2760 may hold a logical table structure. For example, some elements
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2761 separated by known patterns form a two dimensional structure which can
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2762 be turned into a table.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2763
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2764 Here's an example of data that @code{table-capture} can operate on.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2765 The numbers are horizontally separated by a comma and vertically
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2766 separated by a newline character.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2767
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2768 @example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2769 1, 2, 3, 4
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2770 5, 6, 7, 8
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2771 , 9, 10
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2772 @end example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2773
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2774 @noindent
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2775 Invoking @kbd{M-x table-capture} on that text produces this table:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2776
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2777 @example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2778 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2779 |1 |2 |3 |4 |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2780 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2781 |5 |6 |7 |8 |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2782 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2783 | |9 |10 | |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2784 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2785 @end example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2786
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2787 @noindent
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2788 The conversion uses @samp{,} for the column delimiter and newline for
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2789 a row delimiter, cells are left justified, and minimum cell width is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2790 5.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2791
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2792 @findex table-release
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2793 The command @code{table-release} does the opposite of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2794 @code{table-capture}. It releases a table by removing the table frame
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2795 and cell borders. This leaves the table contents as plain text. One
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2796 of the useful applications of @code{table-capture} and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2797 @code{table-release} is to edit a text in layout. Look at the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2798 following three paragraphs (the latter two are indented with header
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2799 lines):
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2800
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2801 @example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2802 @samp{table-capture} is a powerful command, but mastering its
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2803 power requires some practice. Here are some things it can do:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2804
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2805 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2806 expression and raw delimiter regular
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2807 expression, it parses the specified text
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2808 area and extracts cell items from
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2809 non-table text and then forms a table out
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2810 of them.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2811
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2812 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2813 creates a single cell table. The text in
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2814 the specified region is placed in that
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2815 cell.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2816 @end example
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2817
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2818 @noindent
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2819 Applying @code{table-capture} to a region containing the above three
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2820 paragraphs, with empty strings for column delimiter regexp and row
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2821 delimiter regexp, creates a table with a single cell like the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2822 following one.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2823
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2824 @c The first line's right-hand frame in the following two examples
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2825 @c sticks out to accommodate for the removal of @samp in the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2826 @c produced output!!
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2827 @smallexample
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2828 @group
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2829 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2830 |@samp{table-capture} is a powerful command, but mastering its |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2831 |power requires some practice. Here are some things it can do: |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2832 | |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2833 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2834 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2835 | expression, it parses the specified text |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2836 | area and extracts cell items from |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2837 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2838 | of them. |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2839 | |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2840 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2841 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2842 | the specified region is placed in that |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2843 | cell. |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2844 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2845 @end group
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2846 @end smallexample
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2847
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2848 @noindent
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2849 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2850 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2851 independently without affecting the layout of other cells.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2852
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2853 @smallexample
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2854 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2855 |@samp{table-capture} is a powerful command, but mastering its |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2856 |power requires some practice. Here are some things it can do: |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2857 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2858 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2859 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2860 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2861 | |area and extracts cell items from |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2862 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2863 | |of them. |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2864 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2865 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2866 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2867 | |the specified region is placed in that |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2868 | |cell. |
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2869 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2870 @end smallexample
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2871
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2872 @noindent
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2873 By applying @code{table-release}, which does the opposite process, the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2874 contents become once again plain text. @code{table-release} works as
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2875 a companion command to @code{table-capture}.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2876
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2877 @node Measuring Tables
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2878 @subsection Analyzing Table Dimensions
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2879 @cindex table dimensions
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2880
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2881 @findex table-query-dimension
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2882 The command @code{table-query-dimension} analyzes a table structure
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2883 and reports information regarding its dimensions. In case of the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2884 above example table, the @code{table-query-dimension} command displays
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2885 in echo area:
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2886
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2887 @smallexample
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2888 Cell: (21w, 6h), Table: (67w, 16h), Dim: (2c, 3r), Total Cells: 5
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2889 @end smallexample
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2890
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2891 @noindent
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2892 This indicates that the current cell is 21 character wide and 6 lines
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2893 high, the entire table is 67 characters wide and 16 lines high. The
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2894 table has 2 columns and 3 rows. It has a total of 5 cells, since the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2895 first row has a spanned cell.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2896
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2897 @node Table Misc
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2898 @subsection Table Miscellany
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2899
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2900 @cindex insert string into table cells
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2901 @findex table-insert-sequence
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2902 The command @code{table-insert-sequence} inserts a string into each
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2903 cell. Each string is a part of a sequence i.e.@: a series of
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2904 increasing integer numbers.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2905
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2906 @cindex table in language format
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2907 @cindex table for HTML and LaTeX
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2908 @findex table-generate-source
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2909 The command @code{table-generate-source} generates a table formatted
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2910 for a specific markup language. It asks for a language (which must be
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2911 one of @code{html}, @code{latex}, or @code{cals}), a destination
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2912 buffer where to put the result, and the table caption (a string), and
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2913 then inserts the generated table in the proper syntax into the
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2914 destination buffer. The default destination buffer is
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2915 @code{table.@var{lang}}, where @var{lang} is the language you
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2916 specified.
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2917
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2918 @ignore
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2919 arch-tag: 8db54ed8-2036-49ca-b0df-23811d03dc70
aed95b18afb2 Move here from ../../man
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2920 @end ignore